Standard Average Indo-European: Difference between revisions

From Linguifex
Jump to navigation Jump to search
No edit summary
(// via Wikitext Extension for VSCode)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Infobox language
{{Infobox language
|image            = SAvIE banner.png
  |image            = SAvIE banner.png
|imagesize        = 200px
  |imagesize        = 200px
|imagecaption      = Banner of the Standard Average Indo-European language
  |imagecaption      = Banner of the Standard Average Indo-European language
|name              = Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
  |name              = Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
|nativename        = sâ jéktis
  |nativename        = sâ jéktis
|pronunciation    = saː ˈjɛktis
  |pronunciation    = saː ˈjɛktis
|created          = 10th June, 2024
  |created          = 10th June, 2024
|familycolor      = Indo-European
  |familycolor      = Indo-European
|fam2              = Proto-Indo-European
  |fam2              = Proto-Indo-European
|clcr              = qie
  |clcr              = qie
|creator          = tradespin
  |creator          = tradespin
|script1          = Latn
  |script1          = Latn
<!--|agency            = SAvIE Standardization Group-->
  <!--|agency            = SAvIE Standardization Group-->
|notice            = IPA
  |notice            = IPA
}}
  }}
 
== 0 Introduction ==
 
'''sl̥Hwêje! ghr̥jé! némostoj! sr̥wós! priwójtos! sqéjttis! kl̥Hâjō! jánu!''' and finally, ''hello''!


= 0 Introduction =


'''sl̥Hwéje!''' '''ghr̥jé!''' '''némostoj!''' '''sr̥wós!''' '''priwójtos!''' '''sqéjttis!''' '''kl̥Hâjō!''' '''jánu!''' and finally, ''hello''!


Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.
Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.


The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.
The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.


Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.
Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.


The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.
The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.


I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the ''Celtic Tearooms'' and ''IE Conlangs'' Discord servers.
I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the ''Celtic Tearooms'' and ''IE Conlangs'' Discord servers.


'''Hsubhrūgéte!''' Enjoy!
'''Hsubhrūgéte!''' Enjoy!


=1 Phonology =


== 1.1 Consonants ==
== 1 Phonology ==
 
 
=== 1.1 Consonants ===
 
 
 


=== 1.1.1 *m, *n ===
==== 1.1.1 *m, *n ====


These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].
These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].
Line 45: Line 62:




=== 1.1.2 *r, *l ===
==== 1.1.2 *r, *l ====


⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].
⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].
Line 54: Line 71:




=== 1.1.3 *s ===
==== 1.1.3 *s ====


This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as '''nizdós''' &quot;nest&quot; for '''''nisdós''''' or '''sízdō''' &quot;I am sitting&quot; for '''''sísdō'''''. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].
This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as '''nizdós''' &quot;nest&quot; for '''''nisdós'''''''' '''or '''sízdō''' &quot;I am sitting&quot; for '''''sísdō'''''. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].


The '''s-mobile''' is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word '''Stégos''' &quot;roof&quot;, and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.
The '''s-mobile''' is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word '''Stégos''' &quot;roof&quot;, and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.




=== 1.1.4 *j, *w ===
==== 1.1.4 *j, *w ====


These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].
These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].




=== 1.1.5 Dorsals ===
==== 1.1.5 Dorsals ====


The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.
The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.




==== 1.1.5.1 *k, *g, *gʰ ====
===== 1.1.5.1 *k, *g, *gʰ =====


These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ [gʰ]. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.
These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ [gʰ]. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.




==== 1.1.5.2 *ḱ, *ǵ, *ǵʰ ====
===== 1.1.5.2 *ḱ, *ǵ, *ǵʰ =====


These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.
These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.




==== 1.1.5.3 *kʷ, *gʷ, *gʷʰ ====
===== 1.1.5.3 *kʷ, *gʷ, *gʷʰ =====


These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [kʷ], ⟨c⟩ [gʷ], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.
These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [kʷ], ⟨c⟩ [gʷ], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.




=== 1.1.6 *t, *d, *dʰ ===
==== 1.1.6 *t, *d, *dʰ ====


These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [dʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.
These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [dʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.




=== 1.1.7 *p, *b, *bʰ ===
 
 
==== 1.1.7 *p, *b, *bʰ ====


These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.
These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.




=== 1.1.8 *h₁, *h₂, *h₃ ===
==== 1.1.8 *h₁, *h₂, *h₃ ====


Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. /*eh₁/ becomes [eː], /*eh₂/ becomes [aː], and /*eh₃/ becomes [oː]. Similarly, ''/*h₁e/'' becomes [e], ''/*h₂e/'' becomes [a], and ''/*h₃e/'' becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.
Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. /*eh₁/ becomes [eː], /*eh₂/ becomes [aː], and /*eh₃/ becomes [oː]. Similarly, ''/*h₁e/'' becomes [e], ''/*h₂e/'' becomes [a], and ''/*h₃e/'' becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.
Line 107: Line 126:




=== 1.1.9 *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ ===
==== 1.1.9 *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ ====


''*h₄'' and ''*hₐ'' are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as ''*h₂'', including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.
''*h₄'' and ''*hₐ'' are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as ''*h₂'', including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.


''*H'', also notated ''*hₓ'', indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were ''/*h₁/''. ''/*eH/'' gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while ''/*oH/'' and ''/*uH/'' also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. ''/*He/'' does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.
''*H'', also notated ''*hₓ'', indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were ''/*h₁/''. ''/*eH/ ''gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while ''/*oH/'' and ''/*uH/'' also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. ''/*He/'' does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.




=== 1.1.10 Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries ===
==== 1.1.10 Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries ====


Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root '''céjHₒ-''' (from ''*gʷeyh₃-'') and its thematic suffix '''-eti''', the original '''-h₃-e-''' crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being '''céjHoti''' “he/she/it lives”.
Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root '''céjHₒ-''' (from ''*gʷeyh₃-'') and its thematic suffix '''-eti''', the original '''-h₃-e-''' crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being '''céjHoti''' “he/she/it lives”.




=== 1.1.11 Alteration of aspirated stops ===
==== 1.1.11 Alteration of aspirated stops ====


The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.
The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.


Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos].
Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos].  


Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.
Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.




== 1.2 Vowels ==
=== 1.2 Vowels ===




=== 1.2.1 *e, *ē, *o, *ō ===
==== 1.2.1 *e, *ē, *o, *ō ====


The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.
The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.
Line 138: Line 157:




=== 1.2.2 *a, *ā ===
==== 1.2.2 *a, *ā ====


These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.
These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.




=== 1.2.3 *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩ ===
==== 1.2.3 *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩ ====


Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.
Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.




=== 1.2.4 [ə] ===
==== 1.2.4 [ə] ====


A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.
A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.
Line 155: Line 174:




== 1.3 Stress ==
=== 1.3 Stress ===


SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.
SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.
Line 168: Line 187:




= 2 Major features of SAE =
== 2 Major features of SAE ==




== 2.1 Definite and indefinite articles ==
=== 2'''.1 Definite '''and '''indefinite articles''' ===


The definite article is '''so'''. The indefinite article is '''Hójwos''', a variant of '''Hójnos''' &quot;one&quot; (from ''*h₁óynos)''.
The definite article is '''so'''. The indefinite article is '''Hójwos''', a variant of '''Hójnos''' &quot;one&quot; (from ''*h₁óynos)''.




== 2.2 Relative clauses with relative pronouns ==
 
 
=== 2.2 Relative clauses with relative pronouns ===


The pronoun '''jos''' can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.
The pronoun '''jos''' can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.




== 2.3 &quot;Have&quot;-perfect ==


SAvIE can use the word '''kápes''', a derivative of ''*kap-'' &quot;to seize, hold&quot; (which gives Latin ''capiō'' and English ''have''), to form a perfect tense with the participle '''-tós'''/'''-tâ'''/'''-tóm''' of a verb.


=== 2.3 &quot;Have&quot;-perfect ===


== 2.4 Nominative experiencers ==
SAvIE can use the word '''kápes''', a derivative of''' '''''*kap-'' &quot;to seize, hold&quot; (which gives Latin ''capiō'' and English ''have''), to form a perfect tense with the participle '''-tós'''/'''-tâ'''/'''-tóm''' of a verb.


Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word '''bhrūgéti''' ''to enjoy, to like'' (from ''*bʰruHg-e-ti'') with a semantic patient.




== 2.5 Participial passive ==
 
=== 2.4 Nominative experiencers ===
 
Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word '''bhrūgéti''''' to enjoy, to like'' (from ''*bʰruHg-e-ti'') with a semantic patient.
 
 
=== 2.5 Participial passive ===


Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb H'''ésti''' &quot;to be&quot; and a passive participle ending in '''-(o)mHnos'''/'''-(o)mHnā'''/'''-(o)mHnom'''.
Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb H'''ésti''' &quot;to be&quot; and a passive participle ending in '''-(o)mHnos'''/'''-(o)mHnā'''/'''-(o)mHnom'''.




== 2.6 Anticausative prominence ==
=== 2.6 Anticausative prominence ===


Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example '''éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd''' &quot;I broke it&quot;, but '''íd bhrêgst''' &quot;it broke&quot;. Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving '''íd bhrêgst s(w)é''' or '''íd s(w)é bhrêgst'''.
Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example '''éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd '''&quot;I broke it&quot;, but '''íd bhrêgst''' &quot;it broke&quot;. Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving '''íd bhrêgst s(w)é '''or '''íd s(w)é bhrêgst'''.




== 2.7 Dative external possessors ==
=== 2.7 Dative external possessors ===


The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: '''î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu''' &quot;she washes her son's knee&quot;, though literally &quot;she washes ''to her son'' the knee&quot;.
The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: '''î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu '''&quot;she washes her son's knee&quot;, though literally &quot;she washes ''to her son'' the knee&quot;.




== 2.8 Negative pronouns and lack of negation ==
=== 2.8 Negative pronouns and lack of negation ===


In phrasing e.g. &quot;nobody comes&quot;, English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving '''neqís cémt''' &quot;nobody came&quot;.
In phrasing e.g. &quot;nobody comes&quot;, English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving '''neqís cémt '''&quot;nobody came&quot;.




== 2.9 Particles in comparative constructions ==
=== 2.9 Particles in comparative constructions ===


Either of the particles '''Hapó''' or '''Hánti''' should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: '''ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé''' &quot;he is bigger than me&quot;.
Either of the particles '''Hapó''' or '''Hánti''' should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: '''ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé''' &quot;he is bigger than me&quot;.




== 2.10 Relative-based equative constructions ==
=== 2.10 Relative-based equative constructions ===


The adjective '''sokós'''/'''sokâ'''/'''tokóm''' is used for &quot;as&quot; or &quot;such&quot; (giving '''sokós méǵHs''' &quot;so large&quot;). The comparative element is introduced with '''ḱom''' &quot;with&quot; with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in '''ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥''' &quot;he is as large as her&quot;.
The adjective '''sokós'''/'''sokâ'''/'''tokóm''' is used for &quot;as&quot; or &quot;such&quot; (giving '''sokós méǵHs''' &quot;so large&quot;). The comparative element is introduced with '''ḱom''' &quot;with&quot; with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in '''ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥''' &quot;he is as large as her&quot;.




== 2.11 Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers ==
=== 2.11 Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers ===


This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both '''Hésmi''' and '''éǵH Hésmi''' are equivalent terms for &quot;I am&quot;.
This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both '''Hésmi''' and '''éǵH Hésmi''' are equivalent terms for &quot;I am&quot;.




== 2.12 Intensifier-reflexive differentiation ==
=== 2.12 Intensifier-reflexive differentiation ===


SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives '''somHós'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''' or '''sélbhos'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''', and the true reflexive particle '''s(w)é'''; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.
SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives '''somHós'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''' or '''sélbhos'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''', and the true reflexive particle '''s(w)é'''; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.




= 3 Further SAE-aligned features =
== 3 Further SAE-aligned features ==


The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.
The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.




== 3.1 Verb fronting in polar interrogatives ==
=== 3.1 Verb fronting in polar interrogatives ===


SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so '''éǵH Hésmi''' can become '''Hésmi éǵH?'''
SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so '''éǵH Hésmi''' can become '''Hésmi éǵH?'''




== 3.2 Comparative marking of adjectives ==
=== 3.2 Comparative marking of adjectives ===


As seen above in the comparative adjective '''māyóteros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om''', the suffix '''-teros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om''' is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.
As seen above in the comparative adjective '''māyóteros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om''', the suffix '''-teros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om '''is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.




== 3.3 Comitative-instrumental syncretism ==
=== 3.3 Comitative-instrumental syncretism ===


In this feature there is no difference between &quot;with&quot; in the comitative (&quot;in the company of&quot;) sense, and in the instrumental (&quot;using, by means of&quot;) sense. Both of the words '''me''' and '''ḱóm''' can be used to mean &quot;with&quot; in either sense.
In this feature there is no difference between &quot;with&quot; in the comitative (&quot;in the company of&quot;) sense, and in the instrumental (&quot;using, by means of&quot;) sense. Both of the words '''me''' and '''ḱóm''' can be used to mean &quot;with&quot; in either sense.




= 4 Nominals =
== 4 Nominals ==


This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.
This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.


They are declined in two numbers, the '''singular''' and '''plural'''; six cases, the '''nominative''', '''vocative''', '''accusative''', '''genitive''', '''dative''', and '''locative'''; and in one of three genders, '''masculine''', '''feminine''', or '''neuter'''.
They are declined in two numbers, the '''singular '''and '''plural'''; six cases, the '''nominative''', '''vocative''', '''accusative''', '''genitive''', '''dative''', and '''locative'''; and in one of three genders, '''masculine''', '''feminine''', or '''neuter'''.




== 4.1 Personal pronouns ==
=== 4.1 Personal pronouns ===


These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.
These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.
Line 264: Line 289:
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
! style="text-align: left;"|
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Nominative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Accusative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Genitive
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Dative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Locative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Adjective
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''1st singular'''
| 1st singular
| style="text-align: center;"| éǵ
| éǵ


eǵóm
eǵóm
Line 279: Line 304:
éǵō
éǵō


| style="text-align: center;"| mé
| mé
| style="text-align: center;"| méne
| méne


mój
mój


| style="text-align: center;"| méǵhjo
| méǵhjo
| style="text-align: center;"| mój
| mój
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)mós
| (H)mós


/-â
/-â
Line 293: Line 318:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''2nd singular'''
| 2nd singular
| style="text-align: center;"| tû
| tû
| style="text-align: center;"| twé
| twé
| style="text-align: center;"| téwe
| téwe


tój
tój


| style="text-align: center;"| tébhi
| tébhi


tébhjo
tébhjo


| style="text-align: center;"| tój
| tój
| style="text-align: center;"| twós
| twós


/-â
/-â
Line 312: Line 337:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd singular'''
| 3rd singular


'''masculine'''
masculine


| style="text-align: center;"| ís
| ís


éj
éj
Line 322: Line 347:


| style="text-align: center;"| ím
| ím
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ésjo
| ésjo


Héso
Héso


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ésmej
| ésmej


Hésmōj
Hésmōj


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (H)ésmi
| (H)ésmi
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| (
| (


swós
swós
Line 343: Line 368:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd singular neuter'''
| 3rd singular neuter
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| íd
| íd
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd singular feminine'''
| 3rd singular feminine
| style="text-align: center;"| î
| î
| style="text-align: center;"| îm̥
| îm̥
| style="text-align: center;"| ésjās
| ésjās
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)ésjāi
 
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)ésjā(i)
 
 
| (H)ésjāi
| (H)ésjā(i)
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''1st plural'''
| 1st plural
| style="text-align: center;"| wéj
| wéj
| style="text-align: center;"| n̥smé
| n̥smé
| style="text-align: center;"| nos
| nos
| style="text-align: center;"| n̥sméj
| n̥sméj


n̥s
n̥s


| style="text-align: center;"| n̥smi
| n̥smi
| style="text-align: center;"| n̥sós
| n̥sós


/-â
/-â
Line 369: Line 403:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''2nd plural'''
| 2nd plural
| style="text-align: center;"| jû
| jû
| style="text-align: center;"| usmé
| usmé


wôs
wôs


| style="text-align: center;"| wos
| wos
| style="text-align: center;"| usméj
| usméj
| style="text-align: center;"| usmi
| usmi
| style="text-align: center;"| usós
| usós


/-â
/-â
Line 385: Line 419:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd plural masculine'''
| 3rd plural masculine
| style="text-align: center;"| éjes
| éjes
| style="text-align: center;"| íns
| íns
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| éjsom
| éjsom


éjsōm
éjsōm
Line 394: Line 428:
Hésom
Hésom


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (H)éjmos
| (H)éjmos


éjbhos
éjbhos


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (H)éjsu
| (H)éjsu
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd plural neuter'''
| 3rd plural neuter
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| î
| î
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd plural feminine'''
| 3rd plural feminine
| style="text-align: center;"| îes
| îes
| style="text-align: center;"| îm̥s
| îm̥s


în̥s
în̥s


| style="text-align: center;"| îsōm
| îsōm


éjsom
éjsom
Line 417: Line 455:
Hésom
Hésom


| style="text-align: center;"| îmos
| îmos


(H)éjmos
(H)éjmos
Line 423: Line 461:
éjbhos
éjbhos


| style="text-align: center;"| îsu
| îsu


(H)éjsu
(H)éjsu


| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|}
|}


In addition to the above possessive adjectives '''mós''', '''tós''', etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including '''(H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as in Proto-Germanic ''*mīnaz''), '''mójos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as Proto-Slavic ''*mojь''), and '''méjos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (assuming potentially that the Latin form ''meus'' represents the dative '''méj''' with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include '''méwos ~ -ā ~ -om''', formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive '''(H)méne'''.




== 4.2 Personal correlative and relative ==
In addition to the above possessive adjectives '''mós''', '''tós''', etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including '''(H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as in Proto-Germanic ''*mīnaz''), '''mójos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as Proto-Slavic ''*mojь''), and '''méjos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (assuming potentially that the Latin form ''meus'' represents the dative '''méj''' with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include '''méwos ~ -ā ~ -om''', formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive '''(H)méne'''.
 
 
=== 4.2 Personal correlative and relative ===
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
!
|-
|
| Nominative
| Accusative
| Genitive
| Dative
| Locative
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. sg.'''
| masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| qís
| qís
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qím
| qím
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qés(j)o
| qés(j)o
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qésmej
| qésmej
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qésmi
| qésmi
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. sg.'''
| fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| qís
| qís




|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. sg.'''
| neut. sg.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qíd
| qíd
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. pl.'''
| masc. pl.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qéjes
| qéjes
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qíms
| qíms
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qéjsom
| qéjsom
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qéjmos
| qéjmos


qéjbhos
qéjbhos


| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qéjsu
| qéjsu
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. pl.'''
| fem. pl.
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. pl.'''
| neut. pl.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"|
|
|
|
|
|
|}
|}


The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in '''qís cémt?''' &quot;Who came?&quot;


In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in '''kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō''' &quot;I have an apple which I like&quot;.


The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.
The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in '''qís cémt? '''&quot;Who came?&quot;
 
In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in '''kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō '''&quot;I have an apple which I like&quot;.
 
The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.
 
 
=== 4.3 Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article ===




== 4.3 Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article ==


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. sg.'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| só
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| tóm
| Accusative
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tósjo
| Genitive
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tósmej
| Dative
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tósmi
| Locative
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. sg.'''
| masc. sg.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tód
|
| tóm
| tósjo
| tósmej
| tósmi
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. sg.'''
| neut. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| sā
| tód
| style="text-align: center;"| tâm
|
| style="text-align: center;"| tósjās
|
| style="text-align: center;"| tósjāj
|
| style="text-align: center;"| tósjā
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. pl.'''
| fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| tój
| sā
| style="text-align: center;"| tóms
| tâm
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tójsōm
| tósjās
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tójmos
| tósjāj
| tósjā
|-
| masc. pl.
| tój
| tóms
| tójsōm
| tójmos


tójbhos
tójbhos


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| tójsu
| tójsu
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. pl.'''
| neut. pl.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. pl.'''
| fem. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| tâs
| tâs
| style="text-align: center;"| tâm̥s
| tâm̥s
| style="text-align: center;"| tâsōm
| tâsōm
| style="text-align: center;"| tâmos
| tâmos


tâbhos
tâbhos


| style="text-align: center;"| tâsu
| tâsu
|}
|}


The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form '''ḱíd''' is used instead: '''ḱíd Hésti Hwésu''' &quot;this is good&quot;, and '''só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;this man is good&quot;. '''só''' can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as &quot;''the'' man is good&quot;.
The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form '''ḱíd''' is used instead: '''ḱíd Hésti Hwésu''' &quot;this is good&quot;, and '''só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;this man is good&quot;. '''só''' can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as &quot;''the'' man is good&quot;.




== 4.4 Distal pronoun and determiner ==
=== 4.4 Distal pronoun and determiner ===
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
!
|-
|
| Nominative
| Accusative
| Genitive
| Dative
| Locative
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. sg.'''
| masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénos
| Hénos


Hónos
Hónos
Line 556: Line 652:
Hnós
Hnós


| style="text-align: center;"| Hénom
| Hénom
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénosjo
| Hénosjo
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénosmej
| Hénosmej
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénosmi
| Hénosmi
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. sg.'''
| neut. sg.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénod
| Hénod
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. sg.'''
| fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénā
| Hénā
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénām
| Hénām
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénosjās
| Hénosjās
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénosjāej
| Hénosjāej
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénosjā
| Hénosjā
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''masc. pl.'''
| masc. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénoj
| Hénoj
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénoms
| Hénoms
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénojsōm
| Hénojsōm
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénojmos
| Hénojmos


/-bhos
/-bhos


| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénojsu
| Hénojsu
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''neut. pl.'''
| neut. pl.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| Hénā
| Hénā
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''fem. pl.'''
| fem. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénās
| Hénās
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénām̥s
| Hénām̥s
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénāsōm
| Hénāsōm
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénāmos
| Hénāmos


/-bhos
/-bhos


| style="text-align: center;"| Hénāsu
| Hénāsu
|}
|}


There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.
There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.


As with '''so''', '''Hénos''' is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being '''ḱênos''': '''ḱênod Hésti Hwésu''' &quot;that is good&quot;, and '''Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;that man is good&quot;.
As with '''so''', '''Hénos''' is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being '''ḱênos''': '''ḱênod Hésti Hwésu '''&quot;that is good&quot;, and '''Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;that man is good&quot;.




== 4.5 Nouns and noun declension ==
=== 4.5 Nouns and noun declension ===


Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.
Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.
Line 608: Line 714:
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Athematic
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masculine sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neuter sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masculine pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neuter pl.'''
!
|-
| Athematic
| Masculine sg.
| Neuter sg.
| Masculine pl.
| Neuter pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| -s ~ -∅
| -s ~ -∅
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| -∅
| -∅
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -es
| -es
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| *-h₂
| *-h₂
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Vocative'''
| Vocative
| style="text-align: center;"| -∅
| -
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
| Accusative
| style="text-align: center;"| -
| -
| style="text-align: center;"| -m̥s
| -m̥s
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -s ~ -(e/o)s
| -s ~ -(e/o)s
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ōm
| -ōm
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
| Dative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ej
| -ej
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -bhos
| -bhos


-mos
-mos


|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
| Locative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -i, -∅
| -i, -∅
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -su
| -su
|
|
|}
|}


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Thematic
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masculine sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neuter sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masculine pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neuter pl.'''
!
|-
| Thematic
| Masculine sg.
| Neuter sg.
| Masculine pl.
| Neuter pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| -os
| -os
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| -om
| -om
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ōs
| -ōs
| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| -ā
| -ā
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Vocative'''
| Vocative
| style="text-align: center;"| -e
| -e
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
| Accusative
| style="text-align: center;"| -om
| -om
| style="text-align: center;"| -oms
| -oms
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -osjo
| -osjo


-ī<ref>-ī is seen in Italic and Celtic</ref>
<sup><ref>-ī is seen in Italic and Celtic </ref></sup>


| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ōm
| -ōm
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
| Dative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ōj (← -oej)
| -ōj (← -oej)
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -o(j)bhos
| -o(j)bhos


-o(j)mos
-o(j)mos


|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
| Locative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -oj ~ -ej
| -oj ~ -ej
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ojsu
| -ojsu
|
|
|}
|}


This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:
This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: left;"| Thematic
!
| colspan="2" style="text-align: left;"| '''-ā type'''
!
| colspan="2" style="text-align: left;"| '''-ī type'''
!
!
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Feminine sg.'''
| Thematic
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Feminine pl.'''
| -ā type
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Feminine sg.'''
| -ī type
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Feminine pl.'''
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Feminine sg.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ā
| Feminine pl.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -ās (← -āes)
| Feminine sg.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ī
| Feminine pl.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-īs (← -īes)
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Vocative'''
| Nominative
| -ā
| -ās (← -āes)
| (é)-ī
| (é)-īs (← -īes)
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Accusative'''
| Vocative
| style="text-align: center;"| -ām
|
| style="text-align: center;"| -ām̥s
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-īm̥
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-īm̥s
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Accusative
| style="text-align: center;"| -ās
| -ām
| style="text-align: center;"| -āōm
| -ām̥s
| style="text-align: center;"| ()-jâs
| (é)-īm̥
| style="text-align: center;"| ()-jâōm
| (é)-īm̥s
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Dative'''
| Genitive
| style="text-align: center;"| -āj (← -āej)
| -ās
| style="text-align: center;"| -ābhos
| -āōm
| (∅)-jâs
| (∅)-jâōm
|-
| Dative
| -āj (← -āej)
| -ābhos


-āmos
-āmos


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jâj (← -jâej)
| (∅)-jâj (← -jâej)
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jâbhos
| (∅)-jâbhos


(∅)-jâmos
(∅)-jâmos


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Locative'''
| Locative
| style="text-align: center;"| -ā(i)
| -ā(i)
| style="text-align: center;"| -āsu
| -āsu
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jâ(i)
| (∅)-jâ(i)
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jâsu
| (∅)-jâsu
|}
|}


ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.
ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.


Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.
Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.




=== 4.5.1 -mn̥, -mō, -mên ===
==== 4.5.1 -mn̥, -mō, -mên ====


These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. '''-mn̥''' creates neuter result nouns, while '''-mō''' and '''-mên''' create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between '''-mō''' and '''-mên'''; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.
These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. '''-mn̥''' creates neuter result nouns, while '''-mō''' and '''-mên''' create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between '''-mō''' and '''-mên'''; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-mn̥'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-mō'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-mên'''
!
|-
|
| -mn̥
| -mō
| -mên
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-mn̥
| (é)-mn̥
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-mō
| (é)-mō
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-mên
| (∅)-mên
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-méns
| (∅)-méns
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-m̥nés
| (∅)-m̥nés
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-mō
| (é)-mō
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-mones
| (é)-mones
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ménes
| (∅)-ménes
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-m̥nés
| (∅)-m̥nés
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-m̥nôm
| (∅)-m̥nôm
|
|}
|}




=== 4.5.2 -tōr, -têr, -trī ===
 
 
==== 4.5.2 -tōr, -têr, -trī ====


These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.
These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-tōr'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-têr'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-trī'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tōr
| -tōr
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-têr
| -têr
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trī
| -trī
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-trés
| (é)-tōr
| style="text-align: center;"| ()-tr̥jâs
| (∅)-têr
| (é)-trī
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tores
| ()-trés
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-téres
| (∅)-tr̥jâs
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trīs
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-trôm
| (é)-tores
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-tr̥jâōm
| (∅)-téres
| (é)-trīs
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-trôm
| (∅)-tr̥jâōm
|
|}
|}




=== 4.5.3 -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom ===
 
 
==== 4.5.3 -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom ====


This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with '''-r-''' and forms with '''-l-'''; however, the forms beginning '''-dh-''' are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and '''-t-''' is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for '''-trom''' is given below.
This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with '''-r-''' and forms with '''-l-'''; however, the forms beginning '''-dh-''' are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and '''-t-''' is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for '''-trom''' is given below.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-trom'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trom
| -trom
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trosyo
| (é)-trom
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (é)-trosyo


(é)-trī
(é)-trī


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trā
| (é)-trā
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-trōm
| (é)-trōm
|}
|}




=== 4.5.4 -ō, -Hₒō ===


These are called ''nasal'' suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. '''-ō''' creates masculine ''participant'' nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as '''skérō''' &quot;meat&quot; from ''*(s)kér-'' &quot;to cut&quot;, with the resulting meaning being &quot;something cut&quot;. A derivative of those, '''-Honos / -ā / -om''', is used to create augmentative nouns.


-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like '''pl̥tHús''' &quot;wide, broad&quot; becoming '''Pĺ̥tHō''' &quot;Plato&quot;, originally meaning &quot;wide/broad one&quot;. It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European ''*-h₃en(h₂)-'', and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).
==== 4.5.4 -ō, -Hₒō ====
 
These are called ''nasal'' suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. '''-ō''' creates masculine ''participant'' nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as '''skérō '''&quot;meat&quot; from ''*(s)kér-'' &quot;to cut&quot;, with the resulting meaning being &quot;something cut&quot;. A derivative of those, '''-Honos / -ā / -om''', is used to create augmentative nouns.
 
-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like '''pl̥tHús''' &quot;wide, broad&quot; becoming '''Pĺ̥tHō '''&quot;Plato&quot;, originally meaning &quot;wide/broad one&quot;. It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European ''*-h₃en(h₂)-'', and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''ō masculine'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hₒō masculine'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hₒō neuter'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hₒō feminine'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-ō'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-Hₒō'''
| ō masculine
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-Hₒon'''
| Hₒō masculine
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-Hₒónī'''
| Hₒō neuter
| Hₒō feminine
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| -ō
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| -Hₒō
| style="text-align: center;"| ( ́)-
| -Hₒon
| style="text-align: center;"| ( ́)-Hon
| -Hₒónī
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Hónī
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| ()-nés
| (é)-ō
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ()-Hnés
| ( ́)-
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Honjâs
| ( ́)-Hon
| (∅)-Hónī
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ones
| ()-nés
| style="text-align: center;"| ( ́)-Hones
| ()-Hnés
| style="text-align: center;"| ( ́)-
| ()-Honjâs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Hónīs
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-nôm
| (é)-ones
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Hnôm
| ( ́)-Hones
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Hn̥jâōm
| ( ́)-Hō
| (∅)-Hónīs
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-nôm
| (∅)-Hnôm
| (∅)-Hn̥jâōm
|
|}
|}




=== 4.5.5 -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥ ===
 
 
==== 4.5.5 -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥ ====


These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending '''-r̥''', which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.
These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending '''-r̥''', which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-r̥'''
!
|-
|
| -r̥
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (ó)-r̥
| (ó)-r̥
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-n̥s
| (é)-n̥s
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (ó)-r̥H
| (ó)-r̥H
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-nōm
| (é)-nōm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative coll.'''
| Nominative coll.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ōr
| (é)-ōr
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive coll.'''
| '''Genitive coll.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-nés
| (∅)-nés
|}
|}


This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, '''tâ wédōr''' means “the collective of all waters”, whereas '''tâ wódr̥H''' means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.




=== 4.5.6 -tus ===
This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, '''tâ wédōr '''means “the collective of all waters”, whereas '''tâ wódr̥H''' means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.
 
 
==== 4.5.6 -tus ====


This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.
This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-tus'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tus
| -tus
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| ()-téws
| (é)-tus
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tewes
| ()-téws
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-téwōm
| (é)-tewes
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-téwōm
|}
|}




=== 4.5.7 -is, -tis ===
 
 
==== 4.5.7 -is, -tis ====


'''-is''' produces ''common gender'' nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including '''(é)-is''' or '''(ó)-is'''. It also has the neuter form '''-i'''. '''-tis''' produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.
'''-is''' produces ''common gender'' nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including '''(é)-is''' or '''(ó)-is'''. It also has the neuter form '''-i'''. '''-tis''' produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-is'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-tis'''
!
|-
|
| -is
| -tis
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| -is, -i
| -is, -i
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tis
| (é)-tis
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| -ejs
| -ejs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-téjs
| (∅)-téjs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| -ejes, -ejH
| -ejes, -ejH
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tejes
| (é)-tejes
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| -ejōm
| -ejōm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-téjōm
| (∅)-téjōm
|}
|}




=== 4.5.8 Agentive and resultative -os ===
==== 4.5.8 Agentive and resultative -os ====


Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as '''tomHós''' &quot;cutter, slicer&quot;, from the verb '''tm̥nês''' (← ''tm̥-né-h₁-es'') &quot;to slice, to section, to cut up&quot;. When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, '''tómHos''' &quot;a cut, a slice&quot;. Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving '''tomHósjo''' &quot;of a/the cutter&quot; and '''tómHosjo''' &quot;of a/the slice&quot;).
Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as '''tomHós '''&quot;cutter, slicer&quot;, from the verb '''tm̥nês''' (← ''tm̥-né-h₁-es'') &quot;to slice, to section, to cut up&quot;. When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, '''tómHos '''&quot;a cut, a slice&quot;. Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving '''tomHósjo''' &quot;of a/the cutter&quot; and '''tómHosjo''' &quot;of a/the slice&quot;).




=== 4.5.9 -snā ===
==== 4.5.9 -snā ====


The ending '''-snā''' is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting '''tétḱes''' &quot;to create, produce&quot; into '''tétḱsnā''' &quot;art, craft&quot;.
The ending '''-snā''' is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting '''tétḱes''' &quot;to create, produce&quot; into '''tétḱsnā''' &quot;art, craft&quot;.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-snā'''
!
|-
|
| -snā
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-snā
| (é)-snā
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-snās
| (é)-snās
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-snās
| (é)-snās
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-snāōm
| (é)-snāōm
|}
|}




=== 4.5.10 -sōr ===
==== 4.5.10 -sōr ====


'''-sōr''' is similar to '''-trī''' in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.
'''-sōr''' is similar to '''-trī''' in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''-sōr'''
!
|-
|
| -sōr
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sōr
| (é)-sōr
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-srés
| (∅)-srés
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sores
| (é)-sores
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-srôm
| (∅)-srôm
|}
|}




=== 4.5.11 -(n)â ===
==== 4.5.11 -(n)â ====


The pattern '''(o)-â''' creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic ''ā''-type is expected to. This can also appear as '''(∅)-â''', with the exact same meaning.
The pattern '''(o)-â''' creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic ''ā''-type is expected to. This can also appear as '''(∅)-â''', with the exact same meaning.
Line 1,011: Line 1,246:




=== 4.5.12 -iā ===
==== 4.5.12 -iā ====


This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.
This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.




=== 4.5.A Combination of suffixes ===
==== 4.5.A Combination of suffixes ====


Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where '''-tis''' could be combined with '''-Hō''' to give '''-tīō''', giving Latin ''-tiō'' and Proto-Celtic ''-tiyū''; '''-tīō''' for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.
Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where '''-tis''' could be combined with '''-Hō''' to give '''-tīō''', giving Latin ''-tiō'' and Proto-Celtic ''-tiyū''; '''-tīō '''for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.




== 4.6 Adjectives ==
=== 4.6 Adjectives ===


Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic ('''méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés''', '''méǵHī ~ méǵHīs''', '''méǵH ~ méǵH''' &quot;great, large&quot;) or thematic ('''néwos ~ néwes''', '''néwā ~ néwās''', '''néwom ~ néwā''' &quot;new&quot;) paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.
Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic ('''méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés''', '''méǵHī ~ méǵHīs''', '''méǵH ~ méǵH''' &quot;great, large&quot;) or thematic ('''néwos ~ néwes''', '''néwā ~ néwās''',''' néwom ~ néwā''' &quot;new&quot;) paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.


Other adjectival formations are as follows.
Other adjectival formations are as follows.




=== 4.6.1 Caland system: -onts, -us ===
 
 
==== 4.6.1 Caland system: -onts, -us ====


The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.
The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-onts'''
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| -onts


'''Nominative'''
Nominative


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onts
| (é)-onts
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ont
| (é)-ont
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éntī
| (∅)-éntī
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ontes
| (é)-ontes
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ontH
| (é)-ontH
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éntīs
| (∅)-éntīs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-onts'''
| -onts


'''Genitive'''
Genitive


| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tés
| (∅)-n̥tés
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tjâs
| (∅)-n̥tjâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tôm
| (∅)-n̥tôm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tjâōm
| (∅)-n̥tjâōm
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-us'''
| -us


'''Nominative'''
Nominative


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-us
| (é)-us
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-u
| (é)-u
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éwī
| (∅)-éwī
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ewes
| (é)-ewes
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ū
| (é)-ū
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éwīs
| (∅)-éwīs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-us'''
| -us


'''Genitive'''
Genitive


| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éws
| (∅)-éws
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ujâs
| (∅)-ujâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éwōm
| (∅)-éwōm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ujâōm
| (∅)-ujâōm
|
|
|}
|}


Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in '''4.5'''.
Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in '''4.5'''.




=== 4.6.2 ''Bahuvrihis'': -ēs ===
==== 4.6.2 ''Bahuvrihis'': -ēs ====


A ''bahuvrihi'' is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is ''*-es-s'', due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.
A ''bahuvrihi'' is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is ''*-es-s'', due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.


The gendered forms are combined, giving a ''common-gender'' form.
The gendered forms are combined, giving a ''common-gender'' form.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cmn. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cmn. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Cmn. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Cmn. pl.
| Neut. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ēs
| (é)-ēs
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-es
| (é)-es
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-eses
| (é)-eses
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ēs
| (é)-ēs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esos
| (é)-esos
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esōm
| (é)-esōm
|
|
|}
|}




=== 4.6.3 Pertinence to a quality: -wénts ===
 
 
==== 4.6.3 Pertinence to a quality: -wénts ====


-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like '''Hn̥twént''' &quot;limited&quot;.
-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like '''Hn̥twént''' &quot;limited&quot;.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wénts
| (∅)-wénts
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wént
| (∅)-wént
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntī
| (∅)-wéntī
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntes
| (∅)-wéntes
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntH
| (∅)-wéntH
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntīs
| (∅)-wéntīs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tés
| (∅)-wn̥tés
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tjâs
| (∅)-wn̥tjâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tôm
| (∅)-wn̥tôm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tjâōm
| (∅)-wn̥tjâōm
|
|
|}
|}




=== 4.6.4 Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos ===


These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun.
 
==== 4.6.4 Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos ====
 
These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun.  
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskós
| (∅)-iskós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskóm
| (∅)-iskóm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskâ
| (∅)-iskâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskôs
| (∅)-iskôs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskâ
| (∅)-iskâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskâs
| (∅)-iskâs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskósjo
| (∅)-iskósjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskâs
| (∅)-iskâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskôm
| (∅)-iskôm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-iskâōm
| (∅)-iskâōm
|
|
|}
|}


'''-ānós''' conjugates as '''-nós''' does, in '''4.6.7'''.
'''-ānós''' conjugates as '''-nós''' does, in '''4.6.7'''.




=== 4.6.5 Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos ===
==== 4.6.5 Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos ====


The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.
The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātós
| Masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātóm
| Neut. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātâ
| Fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātôs
| Masc. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātâ
| Neut. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātâs
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Nominative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātósjo
| (∅)-ātós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātâs
| (∅)-ātóm
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātôm
| (∅)-ātâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ātâōm
| (∅)-ātôs
| (∅)-ātâ
| (∅)-ātâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-ātósjo
| (∅)-ātâs
| (∅)-ātôm
| (∅)-ātâōm
|
|
|}
|}


Any zero-grade adjective extended with '''-ā-''' or '''-ī-''' are declined identically.




=== 4.6.6 Material or consistency: -īnós ===
Any zero-grade adjective extended with '''-ā-''' or '''-ī- '''are declined identically.
 
 
==== 4.6.6 Material or consistency: -īnós ====


-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.
-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnós
| Masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnóm
| Neut. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnâ
| Fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnôs
| Masc. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnâ
| Neut. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnâs
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Nominative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -īnósjo
| -īnós
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnâs
| -īnóm
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| -īnôm
| -īnâ
| style="text-align: center;"| -īnâōm
| -īnôs
| -īnâ
| -īnâs
|-
| Genitive
| -īnósjo
| -īnâs
| -īnôm
| -īnâōm
|
|
|}
|}




=== 4.6.7 Zero-grade adjectives ===
 
 
==== 4.6.7 Zero-grade adjectives ====


All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:
All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Cós
| (∅)-Cós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Cóm
| (∅)-Cóm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Câ
| (∅)-Câ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Côs
| (∅)-Côs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Câ
| (∅)-Câ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Câs
| (∅)-Câs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Cósjo
| (∅)-Cósjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Câs
| (∅)-Câs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Côm
| (∅)-Côm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Câōm
| (∅)-Câōm
|
|
|}
|}


* '''(∅)-kós''' of or pertaining to something
* '''(∅)-lós''' diminutive adjective or noun
* '''(∅)-nós''' capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)
* '''(∅)-rós''' basic adjectives in the Caland system
* '''(∅)-tós''' past participles
* '''(∅)-wós''' basic adjectives from verbs
* '''(∅)-jós''' (athematic) basic adjectives from nouns
** this appears as '''(é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo''' if the noun is thematic




=== 4.6.8 Contrastive adjective ===
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-kós''' of or pertaining to something</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-lós''' diminutive adjective or noun</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-nós ''' capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-rós''' basic adjectives in the Caland system</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-tós''' past participles</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-wós''' basic adjectives from verbs</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-jós''' (athematic) basic adjectives from nouns</p></blockquote>
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>this appears as '''(é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo''' if the noun is thematic</p></blockquote></li></ul>
</li></ul>
 
 
==== 4.6.8 Contrastive adjective ====


The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of &quot;something which is X rather than anything else&quot;.
The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of &quot;something which is X rather than anything else&quot;.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-teros
| Masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terom
| Neut. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terā
| Fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terōs
| Masc. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terā
| Neut. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terās
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Nominative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terosjo
| (é)-teros
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terās
| (é)-terom
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terōm
| (é)-terā
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-terāōm
| (é)-terōs
| (é)-terā
| (é)-terās
|-
| Genitive
| (é)-terosjo
| (é)-terās
| (é)-terōm
| (é)-terāōm
|
|
|}
|}




=== 4.6.9 Elative adjective ===
==== 4.6.9 Elative adjective ====


The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning &quot;very X&quot;.
The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning &quot;very X&quot;.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-jōs
| Masc. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-jos
| Neut. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jésī
| Fem. sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-joses
| Masc. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-jōs
| Neut. pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-jésīs
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Nominative
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-isés
| (é)-jōs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-isjā́s
| (é)-jos
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-isôm
| (∅)-jésī
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-isjâōm
| (é)-joses
| (é)-jōs
| (∅)-jésīs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-isés
| (∅)-isjā́s
| (∅)-isôm
| (∅)-isjâōm
|
|
|}
|}




=== 4.6.10 Verbal participles ===
==== 4.6.10 Verbal participles ====


These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.
These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.




==== 4.6.10.1 Present participle ====
===== 4.6.10.1 Present participle =====


The present participle uses the form '''(é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in thematic verbs, as does the '''-onts''' form in the Caland system above, and '''(∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English &quot;-ing&quot;. It is used with '''Héses''' in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as '''Hésmi Hdónts''' &quot;I am eating&quot;.
The present participle uses the form '''(é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in thematic verbs, as does the '''-onts''' form in the Caland system above, and '''(∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English &quot;-ing&quot;. It is used with '''Héses''' in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as '''Hésmi Hdónts '''&quot;I am eating&quot;.




==== 4.6.10.2 Past participle ====
===== 4.6.10.2 Past participle =====


The past participle uses the form '''(∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo'''. As a verbal adjective it essentially means &quot;X-ed&quot;. Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with '''kápes''' &quot;to have, get&quot; in the perfect-tense construction, such as '''kápmi Hdtóm''' &quot;I have eaten&quot;.
The past participle uses the form '''(∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo'''. As a verbal adjective it essentially means &quot;X-ed&quot;. Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with '''kápes''' &quot;to have, get&quot; in the perfect-tense construction, such as '''kápmi Hdtóm '''&quot;I have eaten&quot;.




==== 4.6.10.3 Passive participle ====
===== 4.6.10.3 Passive participle =====


Unlike '''-tós''', which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which &quot;has been X-ed&quot;. Its form is '''(é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo''' in thematic verbs, an '''(∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo''' in athematic verbs. It is also used with '''Héses''' to construct passive verb forms, such as '''Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I am eaten, I have been eaten&quot;.
Unlike '''-tós''', which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which &quot;has been X-ed&quot;. Its form is '''(é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo''' in thematic verbs, an '''(∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo''' in athematic verbs. It is also used with '''Héses''' to construct passive verb forms, such as '''Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I am eaten, I have been eaten&quot;.




==== 4.6.10.4 Stative-type past participle ====
===== 4.6.10.4 Stative-type past participle =====


This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine '''(é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos''', feminine '''(é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs''', neuter '''(é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos'''.
This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine '''(é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos''', feminine '''(é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs''', neuter '''(é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos'''.




==== 4.6.10.5 Perfect participle ====
===== 4.6.10.5 Perfect participle =====


Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the &quot;have&quot; verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of '''kápes''' and a past participle of another verb, such as '''kapónts wl̥tóm''' &quot;having seen&quot;.
Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the &quot;have&quot; verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of '''kápes''' and a past participle of another verb, such as '''kapónts wl̥tóm''' &quot;having seen&quot;.




== 4.7 Adjective comparison ==
=== 4.7 Adjective comparison ===


Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning &quot;more X&quot;, while the superlative produces &quot;the most X&quot;.
Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning &quot;more X&quot;, while the superlative produces &quot;the most X&quot;.




=== 4.7.1 Comparative adjective ===
==== 4.7.1 Comparative adjective ====


The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive '''-teros''' or elative '''-yōs''' ending. The comparative element translating to &quot;than&quot; is expressed with '''Hánti''' &quot;against&quot;, and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example '''ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo''' &quot;he is taller than me&quot;.
The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive '''-teros''' or elative '''-yōs''' ending. The comparative element translating to &quot;than&quot; is expressed with '''Hánti''' &quot;against&quot;, and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example '''ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo''' &quot;he is taller than me&quot;.




=== 4.7.2 Superlative adjective ===
 
 
==== 4.7.2 Superlative adjective ====


The superlative degree expresses &quot;the most X&quot;. As such, it is always used with the article '''só'''.
The superlative degree expresses &quot;the most X&quot;. As such, it is always used with the article '''só'''.


For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: '''(∅)-otm̥mós''' or '''(∅)-istós'''. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.
For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: '''(∅)-otm̥mós''' or '''(∅)-istós'''. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mós
| (∅)-otm̥mós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥móm
| (∅)-otm̥móm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥môs
| (∅)-otm̥môs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mâs
| (∅)-otm̥mâs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mósjo
| (∅)-otm̥mósjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mâs
| (∅)-otm̥mâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥môm
| (∅)-otm̥môm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-otm̥mâōm
| (∅)-otm̥mâōm
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istós
| (∅)-istós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istóm
| (∅)-istóm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istâ
| (∅)-istâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istôs
| (∅)-istôs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istâ
| (∅)-istâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istâs
| (∅)-istâs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istósjo
| (∅)-istósjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istâs
| (∅)-istâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istôm
| (∅)-istôm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istâōm
| (∅)-istâōm
|
|
|}
|}


Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.
Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.




=== 4.7.3 Absolute superlative adjective ===
==== 4.7.3 Absolute superlative adjective ====


The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving '''(∅)-istm̥mós'''. It declines exactly as '''-otm̥mós''' does.
The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving '''(∅)-istm̥mós'''. It declines exactly as '''-otm̥mós''' does.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. sg.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Masc. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Neut. pl.'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Fem. pl.'''
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative'''
| Nominative
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mós
| (∅)-istm̥mós
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥móm
| (∅)-istm̥móm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥môs
| (∅)-istm̥môs
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mâs
| (∅)-istm̥mâs
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive'''
| Genitive
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mósjo
| (∅)-istm̥mósjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mâs
| (∅)-istm̥mâs
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥môm
| (∅)-istm̥môm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-istm̥mâōm
| (∅)-istm̥mâōm
|
|
|}
|}




= 5 Verbs =
 
 
== 5 Verbs ==


SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the &quot;have&quot;-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.
SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the &quot;have&quot;-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.
Line 1,460: Line 1,854:




== 5.1 Non-finite forms, and infinitive ==
=== 5.1 Non-finite forms, and infinitive ===


It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in '''4.6.8'''. Two forms not described there are the ''infinitive'', which is used simply to name the verb, the ''supine'', used only in special verb constructions, and the ''purportative'', used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.
It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in '''4.6.8'''. Two forms not described there are the ''infinitive'', which is used simply to name the verb, the ''supine'', used only in special verb constructions, and the ''purportative'', used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.
Line 1,471: Line 1,865:




== 5.2 Conjugated forms ==
=== 5.2 Conjugated forms ===


Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the ''nonpast'' (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the ''imperfect'' (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the ''aorist'' (or ''preterite'', or ''simple past''), and the ''habitual'' (which is technically tenseless).
Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the ''nonpast'' (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the ''imperfect'' (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the ''aorist'' (or ''preterite'', or ''simple past''), and the ''habitual'' (which is technically tenseless).


All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the ''primary'' and ''secondary''. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either ''thematic'' or ''athematic''.
All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the ''primary'' and ''secondary''. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either ''thematic'' or ''athematic''.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| colspan="2" style="text-align: left;"| '''Primary'''
!
| colspan="2" style="text-align: left;"| '''Secondary'''
!
!
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
|
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Thematic'''
| Primary
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Athematic'''
| Secondary
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Thematic'''
|
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Athematic'''
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''1st person singular'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| -ō
| Thematic
| style="text-align: center;"| -mi
| Athematic
| style="text-align: center;"| -om
| Thematic
| style="text-align: center;"| -m̥
| Athematic
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''2nd person singular'''
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| -esi
| -ō
| style="text-align: center;"| -si
| -mi
| style="text-align: center;"| -es
| -om
| style="text-align: center;"| -s
| -
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd person singular'''
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| -eti
| -esi
| style="text-align: center;"| -ti
| -si
| style="text-align: center;"| -et
| -es
| style="text-align: center;"| -t
| -s
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''1st person plural'''
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| -omos
| -eti
| style="text-align: center;"| -mós
| -ti
| style="text-align: center;"| -ome
| -et
| style="text-align: center;"| -mé
| -t
|-
| 1st person plural
| -omos
| -mós
| -ome
| -mé
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''2nd person plural'''
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| -ete
| -ete
| style="text-align: center;"| -té
| -té
| style="text-align: center;"| -ete
| -ete
| style="text-align: center;"| -té
| -té
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd person plural'''
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| -onti
| -onti
| style="text-align: center;"| -énti
| -énti
| style="text-align: center;"| -ont
| -ont
| style="text-align: center;"| -ént
| -ént
|}
|}


Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.
Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.




=== 5.2.1 Nonpast ===
==== 5.2.1 Nonpast ====


The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.
The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.


The first model is of '''bhéres''' &quot;to bear, carry&quot;. It is a root thematic verb.
The first model is of '''bhéres''' &quot;to bear, carry&quot;. It is a root thematic verb.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Thematic nonpast verb
| Thematic nonpast verb
Line 1,542: Line 1,954:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| (é)-ō
| '''bhérō''' ''I bear''
| '''bhérō '''''I bear''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esi
| (é)-esi
| '''bhéresi''' ''you bear''
| '''bhéresi '''''you bear''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-eti
| (é)-eti
| '''bhéreti''' ''he/she/it bears''
| '''bhéreti '''''he/she/it bears''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-omos
| (é)-omos
| '''bhéromos''' ''we bear''
| '''bhéromos '''''we bear''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete''' ''you (pl.) bear''
| '''bhérete '''''you (pl.) bear''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onti
| (é)-onti
| '''bhéronti''' ''they bear''
| '''bhéronti '''''they bear''
|}
|}


This model is '''Hédes''' &quot;to eat&quot;. It is a root athematic verb.
This model is '''Hédes''' &quot;to eat&quot;. It is a root athematic verb.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Athematic nonpast verb
| Athematic nonpast verb
| '''Model'''
| Model
| '''Example'''
| Example
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-mi
| (é)-mi
| '''Hédmi''' ''I eat''
| '''Hédmi '''''I eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-si
| (é)-si
| '''Hédsi''' ''you eat''
| '''Hédsi '''''you eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ti
| (é)-ti
| '''Hédti''' ''he/she/it eats''
| '''Hédti '''''he/she/it eats''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-mós
| (∅)-mós
| '''Hdmós''' ''we eat''
| '''Hdmós'''''''' '''we eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-té
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté''' ''you (pl.) eat''
| '''Hdté '''''you (pl.) eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-énti
| (∅)-énti
| '''Hdénti''' ''they eat''
| '''Hdénti '''''they eat''
|}
|}


Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form '''bhérō''' can mean both &quot;I bear&quot; and &quot;I will bear&quot;, though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.
Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form '''bhérō''' can mean both &quot;I bear&quot; and &quot;I will bear&quot;, though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.




=== 5.2.2 Imperfect ===
==== 5.2.2 Imperfect ====


The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.
The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Thematic imperfect verb
| Thematic imperfect verb
Line 1,613: Line 2,041:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-om
| (é)-om
| '''bhérom''' ''I was bearing''
| '''bhérom '''''I was bearing''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-es
| (é)-es
| '''bhéres''' ''you were bearing''
| '''bhéres '''''you were bearing''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-et
| (é)-et
| '''bhéret''' ''he/she/it was bearing''
| '''bhéret '''''he/she/it was bearing''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ome
| (é)-ome
| '''bhérome''' ''we were bearing''
| '''bhérome '''''we were bearing''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete''' ''you (pl.) were bearing''
| '''bhérete '''''you (pl.) were bearing''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onti
| (é)-onti
| '''bhéronti''' ''they were bearing''
| '''bhéronti '''''they were bearing''
|}
|}


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Athematic imperfect verb
| Athematic imperfect verb
Line 1,644: Line 2,080:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-m̥
| (é)-m̥
| '''Hédm̥''' ''I was eating''
| '''Hédm̥ '''''I was eating''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-s
| (é)-s
| '''Héds''' ''you were eating''
| '''Héds '''''you were eating''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-t
| (é)-t
| '''Hédt''' ''he/she/it was eating''
| '''Hédt '''''he/she/it was eating''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-mé
| (∅)-mé
| '''Hdmé''' ''we were eating''
| '''Hdmé '''''we were eating''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-té
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté''' ''you (pl.) were eating''
| '''Hdté '''''you (pl.) were eating''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-énti
| (∅)-énti
| '''Hdénti''' ''they were eating''
| '''Hdénti '''''they were eating''
|}
|}


The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.
The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.




=== 5.2.3 Aorist ===
==== 5.2.3 Aorist ====


The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The '''derived aorist''' is given for '''root present''' verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.
The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The '''derived aorist''' is given for '''root present''' verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Aorist verb
| Aorist verb
Line 1,682: Line 2,126:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sm̥
| (ê)-sm̥
| '''bhêrsm̥''' ''I bore''
| '''bhêrsm̥ '''''I bore''


'''Hêdsm̥''' ''I ate''
'''Hêdsm̥ '''''I ate''


|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-s
| (ê)-s
| '''bhêrs''' ''you bore''
| '''bhêrs '''''you bore''


'''Hêds''' ''you ate''
'''Hêds '''''you ate''


|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-st
| (ê)-st
| '''bhêrst''' ''he/she/it bore''
| '''bhêrst '''''he/she/it bore''


'''Hêdst''' ''he/she/it ate''
'''Hêdst '''''he/she/it ate''


|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sme
| (é)-sme
| '''bhérsme''' ''we bore''
| '''bhérsme '''''we bore''


'''Hédsme''' ''we ate''
'''Hédsme '''''we ate''


|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ste
| (é)-ste
| '''bhérste''' ''you (pl.) bore''
| '''bhérste '''''you (pl.) bore''


'''Hédste''' ''you (pl.) ate''
'''Hédste '''''you (pl.) ate''


|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sn̥t
| (é)-sn̥t
| '''bhérsn̥t''' ''they bore''
| '''bhérsn̥t '''''they bore''


'''Hédsn̥t''' ''they ate''
'''Hédsn̥t '''''they ate''


|}
|}


The second formation is the '''root aorist''', given for '''derived verbs''' that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for '''léjqes''' &quot;to leave&quot; has the (derived) present '''linéqti''', (derived) imperfect '''linéqt''', and root aorist '''léjqt'''.
The second formation is the '''root aorist''', given for '''derived verbs''' that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for '''léjqes''' &quot;to leave&quot; has the (derived) present '''linéqti''', (derived) imperfect '''linéqt''', and root aorist '''léjqt'''.




=== 5.2.4 Habitual ===
 
 
==== 5.2.4 Habitual ====


The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.
The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Dynamic habitual verb
| Dynamic habitual verb
Line 1,738: Line 2,192:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-óm
| (∅)-óm
| '''Hdóm''' ''I used to eat''
| '''Hdóm '''''I used to eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-és
| (∅)-és
| '''Hdés''' ''you used to eat''
| '''Hdés '''''you used to eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ét
| (∅)-ét
| '''Hdét''' ''he/she/it used to eat''
| '''Hdét '''''he/she/it used to eat''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-óme
| (∅)-óme
| '''Hdóme''' ''we used to eat''
| '''Hdóme '''''we used to eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éte
| (∅)-éte
| '''Hdéte''' ''you used to eat''
| '''Hdéte '''''you used to eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ónt
| (∅)-ónt
| '''Hdónt''' ''they used to eat''
| '''Hdónt '''''they used to eat''
|}
|}




=== 5.2.5 Stative-type present ===
==== 5.2.5 Stative-type present ====


For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on '''-wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos'''.
For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on '''-wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos'''.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Stative habitual verb
Line 1,774: Line 2,234:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ó)-Ha
| (ó)-Ha
| '''móghHa''' ''I can''
| '''móghHa '''''I can''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ó)-tHa
| (ó)-tHa
| '''móghtHa''' ''you can''
| '''móghtHa '''''you can''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ó)-e
| (ó)-e
| '''móghe''' ''he/she/it knows''
| '''móghe '''''he/she/it knows''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-mé
| (∅)-mé
| '''m̥ghmé''' ''we can''
| '''m̥ghmé '''''we can''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-é
| (∅)-é
| '''m̥ghé''' ''you (pl.) know''
| '''m̥ghé '''''you (pl.) know''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êr
| (∅)-êr
| '''m̥ghêr''' ''they know''
| '''m̥ghêr '''''they know''
|}
|}




=== 5.2.6 Deponent ===
 
 
==== 5.2.6 Deponent ====


A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.
A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Deponent verbs
| Deponent verbs
| style="text-align: center;"| Nonpast
| Nonpast
| style="text-align: center;"| Imperfect
| Imperfect
| style="text-align: center;"| Aorist
| Aorist
| style="text-align: center;"| Habitual
| Habitual
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| <sup>athematic</sup>(∅)-Hár
| <sup>athematic</sup>(∅)-Hár


<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōr
<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōr


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-Há
| (∅)-Há


(é)-ōa
(é)-ōa


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sHa
| (é)-sHa
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ôr
| (∅)-ôr
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-tHár
| (∅)-tHár


(é)-etHar
(é)-etHar


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-tHá
| (∅)-tHá


(é)-etHa
(é)-etHa


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-stHa
| (é)-stHa
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-étHar
| (∅)-étHar
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-(t)ór
| (∅)-(t)ór


(é)-etor
(é)-etor


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-(t)ó
| (∅)-(t)ó


(é)-eto
(é)-eto


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-s(t)o
| (é)-s(t)o
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-étor
| (∅)-étor
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-mósdhH
| (∅)-mósdhH


(é)-omosdhH
(é)-omosdhH


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-médhH
| (∅)-médhH


(é)-omedhH
(é)-omedhH


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-smedhH
| (é)-smedhH
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ómosdhH
| (∅)-ómosdhH
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-dhHwé
| (∅)-dhHwé


(é)-edhHwe
(é)-edhHwe


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-dhHwé
| (∅)-dhHwé


(é)-edhHwe
(é)-edhHwe


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sdhHwe
| (é)-sdhHwe
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-édhHwe
| (∅)-édhHwe
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór
| (∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór


(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor
(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor


| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó
| (∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó


(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento
(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento


| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-sro ~ -sn̥to
| (é)-sro ~ -sn̥to
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor
| (∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor
|}
|}




=== 5.2.7 Imperative ===
 
 
==== 5.2.7 Imperative ====


The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.
The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Thematic imperative
| Thematic imperative
Line 1,896: Line 2,374:
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-e
| (é)-e
| '''bhére''' ''bear!''
| '''bhére '''''bear!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-etu
| (é)-etu
| '''bhéretu''' ''let him/her/it bear!''
| '''bhéretu '''''let him/her/it bear!''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete''' ''bear (pl.)!''
| '''bhérete '''''bear (pl.)!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ontu
| (é)-ontu
| '''bhérontu''' ''let them bear!''
| '''bhérontu '''''let them bear!''
|}
|}


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Athematic imperative
| Athematic imperative
Line 1,919: Line 2,403:
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-∅
| (é)-∅


(∅)-dhí
(∅)-dhí


| '''Héd'''
| Héd


'''Hddhí''' ''eat!''
'''Hddhí '''''eat!''


|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-tu
| (é)-tu
| '''Hédtu''' ''let him/her/it eat!''
| '''Hédtu '''''let him/her/it eat!''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-té
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté''' ''eat (pl.)!''
| '''Hdté '''''eat (pl.)!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éntu
| (∅)-éntu
| '''Hdéntu''' ''let them eat!''
| '''Hdéntu '''''let them eat!''
|}
|}


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Stative-type imperative
| Stative-type imperative
Line 1,948: Line 2,438:
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (e)-(ó)-∅
| (e)-(ó)-∅


(e)-(∅)-dhí
(e)-(∅)-dhí


| '''memón''' ''remember!''
| '''memón '''''remember!''


'''memn̥dhí''' ''remember!''
'''memn̥dhí''' ''remember!''
Line 1,958: Line 2,448:
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (e)-(ó)-tu
| (e)-(ó)-tu
| '''memóntu''' ''let him/her/it remember!''
| '''memóntu '''''let him/her/it remember!''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (e)-(∅)-té
| (e)-(∅)-té
| '''memn̥té''' ''remember (pl.)!''
| '''memn̥té '''''remember (pl.)!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (e)-(∅)-éntu
| (e)-(∅)-éntu
| '''memnéntu''' ''let them remember!''
| '''memnéntu '''''let them remember!''
|}
|}


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Deponent imperative
| Deponent imperative
Line 1,977: Line 2,475:
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-o
| (é)-o
| '''wéso!''' ''wear (it)!''
| '''wéso!''''' wear (it)!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-(e)to
| (é)-(e)to
| '''wésto!''' ''let him/her/it wear!''
| '''wésto!''''' let him/her/it wear!''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-(e)dh(H)we
| (é)-(e)dh(H)we
| '''wésdh(H)we!''' ''wear (pl.) (it)!''
| '''wésdh(H)we!''''' wear (pl.) (it)!''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-(o)nto
| (é)-(o)nto
| '''wésn̥to!''' ''let them wear!''
| '''wésn̥to!''''' let them wear!''
|}
|}




=== 5.2.8 Special formation types ===
 
 
==== 5.2.8 Special formation types ====


Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, ''primary'' indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes '''-ê-''', '''-ā-''', etc.); ''secondary'' indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; ''tertiary'' indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.
Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, ''primary'' indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes '''-ê-''', '''-ā-''', etc.); ''secondary'' indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; ''tertiary'' indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.




==== 5.2.8.1 Nasal infix (secondary) ====
===== 5.2.8.1 Nasal infix (secondary) =====


There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the ''nasal infix'' '''-né-  ~ -n-''' on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains '''-né-''' in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.
There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the ''nasal infix'' '''-né-  ~ -n- '''on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains '''-né-''' in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.




==== 5.2.8.2 sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.2 sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary) =====


The infix '''-sḱ-''' attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.
The infix '''-sḱ-''' attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.




==== 5.2.8.3 -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.3 -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary) =====


Some verbs can be formed with '''(é)-jeti''' or '''(∅)-jéti'''. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.
Some verbs can be formed with '''(é)-jeti''' or '''(∅)-jéti'''. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.




==== 5.2.8.4 -néw- infix verbs (tertiary) ====
===== 5.2.8.4 -néw- infix verbs (tertiary) =====


As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with '''-néw-'''. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to '''-nu-''' when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.
As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with '''-néw-'''. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to '''-nu-''' when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.




==== 5.2.8.5 Causative formations (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.5 Causative formations (primary) =====


The verb form '''(o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti''' forms causative verbs, such as '''Hédmi''' &quot;to eat&quot; becoming '''Hodéjeti''' &quot;to feed&quot;. This forms verbs meaning &quot;to cause to do X&quot;. This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.
The verb form '''(o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti''' forms causative verbs, such as '''Hédmi''' &quot;to eat&quot; becoming '''Hodéjeti''' &quot;to feed&quot;. This forms verbs meaning &quot;to cause to do X&quot;. This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.




==== 5.2.8.6 Desiderative formations (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.6 Desiderative formations (primary) =====


The affix '''-sj-''' is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative &quot;want to X&quot; verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as '''Hdsjéti''' &quot;to want to eat, to be hungry&quot;.
The affix '''-sj-''' is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative &quot;want to X&quot; verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as '''Hdsjéti''' &quot;to want to eat, to be hungry&quot;.




==== 5.2.8.7 Adjectival stative formations (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.7 Adjectival stative formations (primary) =====


The suffix '''(∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti''' (athematic) or '''(∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti''' (thematic) form stative &quot;to be X&quot; verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as '''Hrudhêti''' &quot;to be red&quot;. These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative &quot;to be X&quot; to a dynamic &quot;to go X, to become X&quot;. In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.
The suffix '''(∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti '''(athematic) or '''(∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti '''(thematic) form stative &quot;to be X&quot; verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as '''Hrudhêti''' &quot;to be red&quot;. These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative &quot;to be X&quot; to a dynamic &quot;to go X, to become X&quot;. In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.




==== 5.2.8.8 Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary) ====
===== 5.2.8.8 Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary) =====


Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with '''(í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti'''; they have a reduplicated element with '''-i-''' as the vowel which retains the stress, such as '''sísdeti''' &quot;to sit&quot;. These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.
Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with '''(í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti'''; they have a reduplicated element with '''-i-''' as the vowel which retains the stress, such as '''sísdeti''' &quot;to sit&quot;. These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.




==== 5.2.8.9 Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary) ====
===== 5.2.8.9 Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary) =====


Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with '''(í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti''', such as '''stístāti''' &quot;to stand up&quot;. These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.
Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with '''(í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti''', such as '''stístāti''' &quot;to stand up&quot;. These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.




==== 5.2.8.10 Zero-grade thematic formation (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.10 Zero-grade thematic formation (primary) =====


The so-called ''tudati'' type verb forms all tenses from '''(∅)-éti ~ (∅)-ónti''', in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.
The so-called ''tudati'' type verb forms all tenses from '''(∅)-éti ~ (∅)-ónti''', in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.




==== 5.2.8.11 Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.11 Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary) =====


The factitive verb form '''(é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti''' creates verbs that imply &quot;to make X&quot;, such as '''néwāti''' &quot;to renew, to make new&quot;.
The factitive verb form '''(é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti '''creates verbs that imply &quot;to make X&quot;, such as '''néwāti''' &quot;to renew, to make new&quot;.




==== 5.2.8.12 Denominative verbs (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.12 Denominative verbs (primary) =====


Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in '''5.2.7.3''', the verb forms '''(∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti''' and '''(∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti''' are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.
Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in '''5.2.7.3''', the verb forms '''(∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti''' and '''(∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti''' are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.




==== 5.2.8.13 Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.13 Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary) =====


These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix '''-ājéti ~ -ājónti''', and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.
These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix '''-ājéti ~ -ājónti''', and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.




==== 5.2.8.14 -dhHéti resultative formation (primary) ====
===== 5.2.8.14 -dhHéti resultative formation (primary) =====


The resultative formation '''(é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti''' generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.
The resultative formation '''(é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti''' generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.




== 5.3 Periphrastic forms ==
=== 5.3 Periphrastic forms ===


These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.
These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.




=== 5.3.1 Explicit future tense ===
==== 5.3.1 Explicit future tense ====


Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb '''Héjes''' &quot;to go&quot;, with the supine form, such as '''éǵ''' '''Héjmi Hdént''' &quot;I am going to eat, I will eat&quot;.
Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb '''Héjes''' &quot;to go&quot;, with the supine form, such as '''éǵ''' '''Héjmi Hdént''' &quot;I am going to eat, I will eat&quot;.




=== 5.3.2 Perfect tense ===
==== 5.3.2 Perfect tense ====


The perfect tense is handled by the verb '''kápes''', which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of &quot;have X-ed&quot;. The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as '''éǵ kápmi Hdtóm''' &quot;I have eaten&quot;.
The perfect tense is handled by the verb '''kápes''', which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of &quot;have X-ed&quot;. The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as '''éǵ kápmi Hdtóm''' &quot;I have eaten&quot;.
Line 2,086: Line 2,586:




=== 5.3.3 Pluperfect tense ===
==== 5.3.3 Pluperfect tense ====


The pluperfect &quot;had X-ed&quot; can be formed by changing the conjugated from of '''kápes''' from the nonpast to the aorist, such as '''éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm''' &quot;I had eaten&quot;. The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.
The pluperfect &quot;had X-ed&quot; can be formed by changing the conjugated from of '''kápes''' from the nonpast to the aorist, such as '''éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm '''&quot;I had eaten&quot;. The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.




=== 5.3.4 Future perfect tense ===
==== 5.3.4 Future perfect tense ====


Instead of using '''kápes''', the future formation of '''Héjes''' must be used with the supine form '''kapént''' and a past participle, such as '''éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm''' &quot;I will have eaten&quot;. Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.
Instead of using '''kápes''', the future formation of '''Héjes''' must be used with the supine form '''kapént''' and a past participle, such as '''éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm''' &quot;I will have eaten&quot;. Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.




=== 5.3.5 Continuous tenses ===
==== 5.3.5 Continuous tenses ====


A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.
A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.
Line 2,105: Line 2,605:




=== 5.3.6 Imperfective anterior ===
==== 5.3.6 Imperfective anterior ====


This construction translates as &quot;was going to X&quot;. It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of '''Héses''', with the present participle of '''Héjes''' and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: '''bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént''' &quot;I was going to eat&quot;. The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént,''' '''qomóḱs''' '''ís cémt''' &quot;I was going to eat when he came&quot;.
This construction translates as &quot;was going to X&quot;. It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of '''Héses''', with the present participle of '''Héjes''' and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: '''bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént''' &quot;I was going to eat&quot;. The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént, qomóḱs ís cémt''' &quot;I was going to eat when he came&quot;.




=== 5.3.7 Passive forms ===
 
 
==== 5.3.7 Passive forms ====


SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of '''Héses''' with the passive participle, such as '''bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I was eaten&quot;.
SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of '''Héses''' with the passive participle, such as '''bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I was eaten&quot;.


Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt''' &quot;I was going to be eaten when he came&quot;.
Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt '''&quot;I was going to be eaten when he came&quot;.




== 5.4 Subjunctive ==
=== 5.4 Subjunctive ===


The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.
The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.




=== 5.4.1 Nonpast subjunctive ===
==== 5.4.1 Nonpast subjunctive ====


The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with '''-ō''' gaining '''-H'''; given the proto-form is ''*-ōh₂'', no change is expected, but '''-H''' is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.
The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with '''-ō''' gaining '''-H'''; given the proto-form is ''*-ōh₂'', no change is expected, but '''-H''' is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Thematic nonpast verb
| Thematic nonpast verb
Line 2,133: Line 2,639:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| (é)-ō
| '''bhérōH''' ''(that) I bear''
| '''bhérōH '''''(that) I bear''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ēsi
| (é)-ēsi
| '''bhérēsi''' ''(that) you bear''
| '''bhérēsi '''''(that) you bear''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ēti
| (é)-ēti
| '''bhérēti''' ''(that) he/she/it bear''
| '''bhérēti '''''(that) he/she/it bear''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ōmos
| (é)-ōmos
| '''bhérōmos''' ''(that) we bear''
| '''bhérōmos '''''(that) we bear''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ēte
| (é)-ēte
| '''bhérēte''' ''(that) you (pl.) bear''
| '''bhérēte '''''(that) you (pl.) bear''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ōnti
| (é)-ōnti
| '''bhérōnti''' ''(that) they bear''
| '''bhérōnti '''''(that) they bear''
|}
|}


The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.
The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Athematic nonpast verb
| Athematic nonpast verb
Line 2,166: Line 2,678:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| (é)-ō
| '''Hédō''' ''(that) I eat''
| '''Hédō'''''''' '''(that) I eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esi
| (é)-esi
| '''Hédesi''' ''(that) you eat''
| '''Hédesi '''''(that) you eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-eti
| (é)-eti
| '''Hédeti''' ''(that) he/she/it eat''
| '''Hédeti '''''(that) he/she/it eat''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-omos
| (é)-omos
| '''Hédomos''' ''(that) we eat''
| '''Hédomos '''''(that) we eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''Hédete''' ''(that) you (pl.) eat''
| '''Hédete '''''(that) you (pl.) eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onti
| (é)-onti
| '''Hédonti''' ''(that) they eat''
| '''Hédonti '''''(that) they eat''
|}
|}




=== 5.4.2 Imperfect subjunctive ===
 
 
==== 5.4.2 Imperfect subjunctive ====


There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.
There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.




=== 5.4.3 Aorist subjunctive ===
==== 5.4.3 Aorist subjunctive ====


Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.
Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Aorist verb
| Aorist verb
Line 2,207: Line 2,725:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sō
| (ê)-sō
| '''bhêrsō''' ''(that) I bore''
| '''bhêrsō '''''(that) I bore''


'''Hêdsō''' ''(that) I ate''
'''Hêdsō '''''(that) I ate''


|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sesi
| (ê)-sesi
| '''bhêrsesi''' ''(that) you bore''
| '''bhêrsesi '''''(that) you bore''


'''Hêdsesi''' ''(that) you ate''
'''Hêdsesi '''''(that) you ate''


|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-seti
| (ê)-seti
| '''bhêrseti''' ''(that) he/she/it bore''
| '''bhêrseti '''''(that) he/she/it bore''


'''Hêdseti''' ''(that) he/she/it ate''
'''Hêdseti '''''(that) he/she/it ate''


|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-somos
| (ê)-somos
| '''bhêrsomos''' ''(that)'' ''we bore''
| '''bhêrsomos '''''(that) ''''' '''''we bore''


'''Hêdsomos''' ''(that)'' ''we ate''
'''Hêdsomos '''''(that) ''''' '''''we ate''


|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sete
| (ê)-sete
| '''bhêrsete''' ''(that) you (pl.) bore''
| '''bhêrsete '''''(that) you (pl.) bore''


'''Hêdsete''' ''(that) you (pl.) ate''
'''Hêdsete '''''(that) you (pl.) ate''


|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sonti
| (ê)-sonti
| '''bhêrsonti''' ''(that) they bore''
| '''bhêrsonti '''''(that) they bore''


'''Hêdsonti''' ''(that) they ate''
'''Hêdsonti '''''(that) they ate''


|}
|}




=== 5.4.4 Habitual subjunctive ===
 
 
==== 5.4.4 Habitual subjunctive ====


In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.
In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Dynamic habitual verb
| Dynamic habitual verb
Line 2,261: Line 2,785:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ôH
| (∅)-ôH
| '''HdôH''' ''(that) I used to eat''
| '''HdôH '''''(that) I used to eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êsi
| (∅)-êsi
| '''Hdêsi''' ''(that) you used to eat''
| '''Hdêsi '''''(that) you used to eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êti
| (∅)-êti
| '''Hdêti''' ''(that) he/she/it used to eat''
| '''Hdêti '''''(that) he/she/it used to eat''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ômos
| (∅)-ômos
| '''Hdômos''' ''(that) we used to eat''
| '''Hdômos '''''(that) we used to eat''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ête
| (∅)-ête
| '''Hdête''' ''(that) you used to eat''
| '''Hdête '''''(that) you used to eat''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ônti
| (∅)-ônti
| '''Hdônti''' ''(that) they used to eat''
| '''Hdônti '''''(that) they used to eat''
|}
|}


The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.
The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Stative habitual verb
Line 2,294: Line 2,826:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| (é)-ō
| '''wéjdō''' ''(that) I used to know''
| '''wéjdō '''''(that) I used to know''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esi
| (é)-esi
| '''wéjdesi''' ''(that) you used to know''
| '''wéjdesi '''''(that) you used to know''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-eti
| (é)-eti
| '''wéjdeti''' ''(that) he/she/it used to know''
| '''wéjdeti '''''(that) he/she/it used to know''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-omos
| (é)-omos
| '''wéjdomos''' ''(that) we used to know''
| '''wéjdomos '''''(that) we used to know''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''wéjdete''' ''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
| '''wéjdete '''''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onti
| (é)-onti
| '''wéjdonti''' ''(that) they used to know''
| '''wéjdonti '''''(that) they used to know''
|}
|}




=== 5.4.5 Stative-type subjunctives ===
 
 
==== 5.4.5 Stative-type subjunctives ====
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Stative habitual verb
Line 2,328: Line 2,868:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ō
| (é)-ō
| '''wéjdō''' ''(that) I used to know''
| '''wéjdō '''''(that) I used to know''
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-esi
| (é)-esi
| '''wéjdesi''' ''(that) you used to know''
| '''wéjdesi '''''(that) you used to know''
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-eti
| (é)-eti
| '''wéjdeti''' ''(that) he/she/it used to know''
| '''wéjdeti '''''(that) he/she/it used to know''
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-omos
| (é)-omos
| '''wéjdomos''' ''(that) we used to know''
| '''wéjdomos '''''(that) we used to know''
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ete
| (é)-ete
| '''wéjdete''' ''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
| '''wéjdete '''''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-onti
| (é)-onti
| '''wéjdonti''' ''(that) they used to know''
| '''wéjdonti '''''(that) they used to know''
|}
|}




=== 5.4.6 Deponent subjunctives ===
==== 5.4.6 Deponent subjunctives ====


As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.
As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
|-
|-
| Deponent subjunctive
| Deponent subjunctive
Line 2,365: Line 2,910:
|-
|-
| 1st person singular
| 1st person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| <sup>athematic</sup>(é)-ōr
| <sup>athematic</sup>(é)-ōr


<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōHar
<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōHar


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sōr
| (ê)-sōr
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ôHar
| (∅)-ôHar
|-
|-
| 2nd person singular
| 2nd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-etHar
| (é)-etHar


(é)-ētHar
(é)-ētHar


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-setHar
| (ê)-setHar
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êtHar
| (∅)-êtHar
|-
|-
| 3rd person singular
| 3rd person singular
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-etor
| (é)-etor


(é)-ētor
(é)-ētor


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-setor
| (ê)-setor
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êtor
| (∅)-êtor
|-
|-
| 1st person plural
| 1st person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-omosdhH
| (é)-omosdhH


(é)-ōmosdhH
(é)-ōmosdhH


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-somosdhH
| (ê)-somosdhH
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ômosdhH
| (∅)-ômosdhH
|-
|-
| 2nd person plural
| 2nd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-edhHwe
| (é)-edhHwe


(é)-ēdhHwe
(é)-ēdhHwe


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sedhHwe
| (ê)-sedhHwe
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-êdhHwe
| (∅)-êdhHwe
|-
|-
| 3rd person plural
| 3rd person plural
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor
| (é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor


(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor
(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor


| style="text-align: center;"| (ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror
| (ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor
| (∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor
|}
|}




== 5.5 The irregular verb Héses ==
 
 
=== 5.5 The irregular verb Héses ===


'''Héses''' &quot;to be&quot; is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem '''bhū-''', from ''*bʰuH-''. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is '''bhéwH-''', filling in an '''-e-''' by analogy, treating '''bhū-''' as the zero-grade and '''bhéwH-''' as the full-grade form.
'''Héses''' &quot;to be&quot; is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem '''bhū-''', from ''*bʰuH-''. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is '''bhéwH-''', filling in an '''-e-''' by analogy, treating '''bhū-''' as the zero-grade and '''bhéwH-''' as the full-grade form.


This is the complete conjugation of '''Héses'''.
This is the complete conjugation of '''Héses'''.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| rowspan="2"| Héses
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Héses


&quot;to be&quot;
&quot;to be&quot;


| colspan="4"| Indicative
| Indicative
| colspan="3"| Subjunctive
| Subjunctive
| rowspan="2"| Imp.
| Imp.
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| Nonp.
| Nonp.
Line 2,437: Line 3,003:
| Aor.
| Aor.
| Hab.
| Hab.
|
|
|-
|-
| 1st sg.
| 1st sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésmi'''
| Hésmi
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésm̥'''
| Hésm̥
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHsm̥'''
| bhéwHsm̥
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsóm'''
| Hsóm
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésō'''
| Hésō
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHsō'''
| bhéwHsō
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūôH'''
| bhūôH
| style="text-align: center;"| '''''⸻'''''
| ''' ''''''''⸻'''''
|-
|-
| 2nd sg.
| 2nd sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hési'''
| Hési
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hés'''
| Hés
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHs'''
| bhéwHs
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsés'''
| Hsés
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésesi'''
| Hésesi
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHesi'''
| bhéwHesi
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūêsi'''
| bhūêsi
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsdhí'''
| Hsdhí
|-
|-
| 3rd sg.
| 3rd sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésti'''
| Hésti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hést'''
| Hést
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHst'''
| bhéwHst
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsét'''
| Hsét
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Héseti'''
| Héseti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHseti'''
| bhéwHseti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūêti'''
| bhūêti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Héstu'''
| Héstu
|-
|-
| 1st pl.
| 1st pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsmós'''
| Hsmós
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsmé'''
| Hsmé
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhûsme'''
| bhûsme
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsóme'''
| Hsóme
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésomos'''
| Hésomos
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHsomos'''
| bhéwHsomos
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūômos'''
| bhūômos
| style="text-align: center;"| ''''''''''
| ⸻
|-
|-
| 2nd pl.
| 2nd pl.
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsté'''
| Hsté
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhûste'''
| bhûste
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hséte'''
| Hséte
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésete'''
| Hésete
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHsete'''
| bhéwHsete
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūête'''
| bhūête
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsté'''
| Hsté
|
|-
|-
| 3rd pl.
| 3rd pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsénti'''
| Hsénti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsént'''
| Hsént
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhûsn̥t'''
| bhûsn̥t
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsónt'''
| Hsónt
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésonti'''
| Hésonti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhéwHsonti'''
| bhéwHsonti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''bhūônti'''
| bhūônti
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Hséntu'''
| Hséntu
|-
|-
| Prs. p.
| Prs. p.
| colspan="8" style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt'''
| Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| Pst. p.
| Pst. p.
| colspan="8" style="text-align: center;"| '''Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm'''
| Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| Pass. p.
| Pass. p.
| colspan="8" style="text-align: center;"| '''''none'''''
| none
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| Purp.
| Purp.
| colspan="8" style="text-align: center;"| '''Hésos'''
| Hésos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| Supine
| Supine
| colspan="8" style="text-align: center;"| '''Hsént'''
| Hsént
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|}
|}




= 6 Gender-neutral paradigm =
 
 
== 6 Gender-neutral paradigm ==


In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.
In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.


The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.
The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.


Its pronominal form is as follows:
Its pronominal form is as follows:


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
! style="text-align: left;"|
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Nominative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Accusative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Genitive
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Dative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Locative
!
! style="text-align: left;"| Adjective
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd singular neutral'''
| 3rd singular neutral
| style="text-align: center;"| jás
| jás
| style="text-align: center;"| jám
| jám
| style="text-align: center;"| jás
| jás
| style="text-align: center;"| jâj
| jâj
| style="text-align: center;"| jaj
| jaj
| style="text-align: center;"| (
| (


swós
swós
Line 2,551: Line 3,161:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3rd plural neutral'''
| 3rd plural neutral
| style="text-align: center;"| jâs
| jâs
| style="text-align: center;"| jáms
| jáms
| style="text-align: center;"| jáōm
| jáōm
| style="text-align: center;"| jámos
| jámos
| style="text-align: center;"| jásu
| jásu
| style="text-align: center;"| (
| (


swós
swós
Line 2,570: Line 3,180:


|}
|}


Adjectives, consequently, all decline with '''a'''.
Adjectives, consequently, all decline with '''a'''.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-onts → -éntas'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-us → -was'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-wénts → -wéntas'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-os → -oas → -ōs'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''-s → -as'''
!
|-
|
| -onts → -éntas
| -us → -was
| -wénts → -wéntas
| -os → -oas → -ōs  
| -s → -as
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éntas
| (∅)-éntas
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-was
| (é)-was
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntas
| (∅)-wéntas
| style="text-align: center;"| -o-as '''→''' -ōs
| -o-as '''→ '''-ōs
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-as
| (é)-as
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Genitive sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tás
| (∅)-n̥tás
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éwas
| (∅)-éwas
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tás
| (∅)-wn̥tás
| style="text-align: center;"| -o-as-jo '''→''' -ōsjo
| -o-as-jo '''→ '''-ōsjo
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ás
| (∅)-ás
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éntajes
| (∅)-éntajes
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ewajes
| (é)-ewajes
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wéntajes
| (∅)-wéntajes
| style="text-align: center;"| -o-ajes '''→''' -ōjes
| -o-ajes '''→ '''-ōjes
| style="text-align: center;"| (é)-ajes
| (é)-ajes
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Genitive pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-n̥tájōm
| (∅)-n̥tájōm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-éwajōm
| (∅)-éwajōm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-wn̥tájōm
| (∅)-wn̥tájōm
| style="text-align: center;"| -o-ajōm '''→''' -ōjōm
| -o-ajōm '''→ '''-ōjōm
| style="text-align: center;"| (∅)-ájōm
| (∅)-ájōm
|}
|}


An example of this is '''éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas''' &quot;I know that they (sg.) are good&quot;.
An example of this is '''éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas''' &quot;I know that they (sg.) are good&quot;.




= 7 Pro-forms =
== 7 Pro-forms ==


SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as ''wh-words''. They are outlined in the table below.
SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as ''wh-words''. They are outlined in the table below.
Line 2,620: Line 3,243:
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| interr.
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| interr.


''&quot;what?&quot;''
&quot;what?&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| proximal
| proximal


''&quot;this&quot;''
&quot;this&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| medial
| medial


''&quot;that&quot;''
&quot;that&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| distal
| distal


''&quot;yon&quot;''
&quot;yon&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| assertive
| assertive


''&quot;some&quot;''
&quot;some&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| elective
| elective


''&quot;any&quot;''
&quot;any&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| universal
| universal


''&quot;every&quot;''
&quot;every&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| negative
| negative


''&quot;no(ne)&quot;''
&quot;no(ne)&quot;


| style="text-align: left;"| alternative
| alternative


''&quot;other&quot;''
&quot;other&quot;


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| determiner
| determiner
| style="text-align: center;"| qós?
| qós?


qâ?
qâ?
Line 2,665: Line 3,299:
qod?
qod?


| style="text-align: center;"| só
| só


Line 2,671: Line 3,305:
tod
tod


| style="text-align: center;"| Hénos
| Hénos


Hénā
Hénā
Line 2,677: Line 3,311:
Hénom
Hénom


| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nós
| Hl̥nós


Hl̥nâ
Hl̥nâ
Line 2,683: Line 3,317:
Hl̥nóm
Hl̥nóm


| style="text-align: center;"| Hojwós
| Hojwós


Hojwâ
Hojwâ
Line 2,689: Line 3,323:
Hojwóm
Hojwóm


| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| qísqe ~
| qísqe ~


ojnolós
ojnolós
Line 2,705: Line 3,339:
ojnolóm
ojnolóm


| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| sl̥Hwós ~
| sl̥Hwós ~


-ôs
-ôs
Line 2,721: Line 3,355:


''or''
or


wikós
wikós
Line 2,729: Line 3,363:
/ -óm
/ -óm


| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| neqós ~
| neqós ~


neojnolós
neojnolós
Line 2,745: Line 3,379:
neojnolóm
neojnolóm


| rowspan="3" style="text-align: center;"| Háljos
| Háljos


Háljā
Háljā
Line 2,754: Line 3,388:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| human
| human
| style="text-align: center;"| qís?
| qís?


qî?
qî?
Line 2,761: Line 3,395:
qás?
qás?


| style="text-align: center;"| ḱís
| ḱís


ḱī
ḱī
Line 2,767: Line 3,401:
ḱás
ḱás


| style="text-align: center;"| ḱênos
| ḱênos


ḱênā
ḱênā
Line 2,773: Line 3,407:
ḱênas
ḱênas


| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nós
| Hl̥nós


Hl̥nâ
Hl̥nâ
Line 2,779: Line 3,413:
Hl̥nás
Hl̥nás


| style="text-align: center;"| Hójwos
| Hójwos


Hójwā
Hójwā
Line 2,785: Line 3,419:
Hójwas
Hójwas


|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| object
| object
| style="text-align: center;"| qíd?
| qíd?
| style="text-align: center;"| ḱíd
| ḱíd
| style="text-align: center;"| ḱênod
| ḱênod
| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nóm
| Hl̥nóm
| style="text-align: center;"| Hójwom
| Hójwom
|
|
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| dual
| dual
| style="text-align: center;"| qíteros?
| qíteros?


qíterā?
qíterā?
Line 2,802: Line 3,444:
qíterom?
qíterom?


''~ qó-''
''~ qó-''


| style="text-align: center;"| ''ḱíteros''
| ḱíteros


''etc.''
etc.


| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻ →
| ⸻ →
| style="text-align: center;"| ''Hl̥nóteros''
| Hl̥nóteros


''etc.''
etc.


| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻ →
| ⸻ →
| style="text-align: center;"| qíterosqe
| qíterosqe


''~ qó-''
~ qó-


''etc.''
etc.


| style="text-align: center;"| Hm̥bhô
| Hm̥bhô


Hm̥bhâH
Hm̥bhâH


Hm̥bhój<ref>These forms are indeclinable.</ref>
Hm̥bhój<sup><ref>These forms are indeclinable.</ref></sup>


| style="text-align: center;"| neqíteros
| neqíteros


''~ qó-''
~ qó-


''etc.''
etc.


| style="text-align: center;"| Háljoteros
| Háljoteros


''etc.''
etc.


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| location
| location
| style="text-align: center;"| kúr?
| kúr?


qór?
qór?


| style="text-align: center;"| ḱér
| ḱér
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénâḱe
| Hénâḱe
| style="text-align: center;"| ísḱe
| ísḱe
| style="text-align: center;"| Hojwâḱe
| Hojwâḱe
| style="text-align: center;"| kúrqe
| kúrqe


qórqe
qórqe


| style="text-align: center;"| wikómḱe
| wikómḱe
| style="text-align: center;"| nekúr
| nekúr


neqór
neqór


| style="text-align: center;"| Háljāḱe
| Háljāḱe
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| source
| source
| style="text-align: center;"| qôdhe?
| qôdhe?
| style="text-align: center;"| tosjāsdhe
| tosjāsdhe
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénosjāsdhe
| Hénosjāsdhe
| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nâsdhe
| Hl̥nâsdhe
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qôdheqe
| qôdheqe
| style="text-align: center;"| wikâsdhe
| wikâsdhe
| style="text-align: center;"| neqôdhe
| neqôdhe
| style="text-align: center;"| Háljāsdhe
| Háljāsdhe
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| goal
| goal
| style="text-align: center;"| qómde?
| qómde?
| style="text-align: center;"| tâmde
| tâmde
| style="text-align: center;"| Hénāmde
| Hénāmde
| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nâmde
| Hl̥nâmde
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qómdeqe
| qómdeqe
| style="text-align: center;"| wikómde
| wikómde
| style="text-align: center;"| neqómde
| neqómde
| style="text-align: center;"| Háljāmdhe
| Háljāmdhe
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| time
| time
| style="text-align: center;"| qódō?
| qódō?
| style="text-align: center;"| nú
 
| style="text-align: center;"| tóqe
qomóḱs
| style="text-align: center;"| ← ⸻
 
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qódōqe
| nú
| style="text-align: center;"| wídō
| tóqe
| style="text-align: center;"| neqódō
| ← ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"|
| qódōqe
| wídō
| neqódō
|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| amount
| amount


quantity
quantity


| style="text-align: center;"| qótjos?
| qótjos?


qîonts?
qîonts?


| style="text-align: center;"| tótjos
| tótjos


tâonts
tâonts


| style="text-align: center;"| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qótjosqe
| qótjosqe


qîontsqe
qîontsqe


| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| number
| number
| style="text-align: center;"| qóti?
| qóti?
| style="text-align: center;"| tóti
| tóti
| style="text-align: center;"| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qótiqe
| qótiqe
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| manner
| manner


''(instr.)''
(instr.)


| style="text-align: center;"| qéj?
| qéj?
| style="text-align: center;"| tónō
| tónō
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻ →
| ⸻ →
| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nô
| Hl̥nô
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qéjqe
| qéjqe
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| reason
| reason


''(abl.)''
(abl.)


| style="text-align: center;"| qô?
| qô?
| style="text-align: center;"| tósmōd
| tósmōd
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻ →
| ⸻ →
| style="text-align: center;"| Hl̥nôd
| Hl̥nôd
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| qôqe
| qôqe
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|}
|}


These forms will be explained below.
These forms will be explained below.




== 7.1 Determiner and pronoun ==
=== 7.1 Determiner and pronoun ===


There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, '''qós?''' cannot be used independently, but must always be used as '''qós ǵhmô?''' &quot;which person?&quot;.
There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, '''qós?''' cannot be used independently, but must always be used as '''qós ǵhmô?''' &quot;which person?&quot;.
Line 2,955: Line 3,609:
Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot;.
Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot;.


In addition, the dual forms '''qóteros?''' and '''qíteros?''' also display this distinction: '''qóteros ǵhmô cémt?''' &quot;which of the two people came?&quot; as opposed to '''qíteros cémt?''' &quot;which (of the two) came?&quot;.
In addition, the dual forms '''qóteros?'''''''' '''''and '''qíteros?''' also display this distinction: '''qóteros ǵhmô cémt?''' &quot;which of the two people came?&quot; as opposed to '''qíteros cémt?''' &quot;which (of the two) came?&quot;.




== 7.2 Interrogative and relative forms ==
=== 7.2 Interrogative and relative forms ===


As mentioned in '''2.2''', there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot; as in '''só ǵhmô qis cémt''' &quot;the person who came&quot;. The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.
As mentioned in '''2.2''', there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot; as in '''só ǵhmô qis cémt '''&quot;the person who came&quot;. The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.




== 7.3 Proximal, medial, distal ==
=== 7.3 Proximal, medial, distal ===


There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the ''proximal'' indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the ''medial'' indicates something close to the listener, and the ''distal'' far from both.
There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the ''proximal'' indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the ''medial'' indicates something close to the listener, and the ''distal'' far from both.




== 7.4 Location, source, goal ==
=== 7.4 Location, source, goal ===


There is a small difference between these forms. Since ''source'' and ''goal'' are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with '''Héses''' often: '''kúr Hésti ís?''' &quot;where is he?&quot;, whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: '''qôdhe cémt ís?''' &quot;where did he come from?&quot;, and '''qómde Hêjst ís?''' &quot;where did he go to?&quot;.
There is a small difference between these forms. Since ''source'' and ''goal'' are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with '''Héses''' often: '''kúr Hésti ís?''' &quot;where is he?&quot;, whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: '''qôdhe cémt ís? '''&quot;where did he come from?&quot;, and '''qómde Hêjst ís?''' &quot;where did he go to?&quot;.


However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: '''kúr cémt ís?''' and '''kúr Hêjst ís?''', especially when the context is clear.
However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: '''kúr cémt ís?''' and '''kúr Hêjst ís?''', especially when the context is clear.




= 8 Numerals =
 
 
== 8 Numerals ==


There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.
There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.




== 8.1 &quot;one&quot; ==
 
 
=== 8.1 &quot;one&quot; ===


The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is '''Hójnos''', which is related to the indefinite article '''Hójwos''', with a suppletive ordinal form '''pr̥Hwós'''.
The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is '''Hójnos''', which is related to the indefinite article '''Hójwos''', with a suppletive ordinal form '''pr̥Hwós'''.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
|
| style="text-align: center;"| Hójnos
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| Nominative sg.
| Hójnos


Hójnā
Hójnā


Hójnas
Hójnōs


Hójnom
Hójnom


| style="text-align: center;"| pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós
| pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós


pr̥Hwâ
pr̥Hwâ
Line 3,008: Line 3,672:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Genitive sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| Hójnosjo
| Hójnosjo


Hójnās
Hójnās


Hójnasjo
Hójnôsjo


| style="text-align: center;"| pr̥Hwósjo
| pr̥Hwósjo


pr̥Hwâs
pr̥Hwâs
Line 3,022: Line 3,686:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| pr̥Hwôs
| pr̥Hwôs


pr̥Hwâs
pr̥Hwâs
Line 3,033: Line 3,697:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Genitive pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| pr̥Hwôm
| pr̥Hwôm


pr̥Hwâōm
pr̥Hwâōm
Line 3,040: Line 3,704:
pr̥Hwôjōm
pr̥Hwôjōm


|
|}
|}


There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.
There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.




== 8.2 &quot;two&quot; ==
=== 8.2 &quot;two&quot; ===


The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is '''dwô''', '''dwâH''', '''dwój(H)''' in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either '''Hánteros''', '''Hánterā''', '''Hánterom''' (noting the contrastive ending), or '''séqonts''', '''séqontī''', '''séqont''' (from a participial form of the verb '''séqeti''' &quot;to follow&quot;). It also has the special prefix form '''dwi-'''.
The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is '''dwô''', '''dwâH''', '''dwój(H)''' in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either '''Hánteros''', '''Hánterā''', '''Hánterom''' (noting the contrastive ending), or '''séqonts''', '''séqontī''', '''séqont''' (from a participial form of the verb '''séqeti''' &quot;to follow&quot;). It also has the special prefix form '''dwi-'''.




== 8.3 &quot;three&quot; ==


Beginning with '''tréjes''' &quot;three&quot;, the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in '''-s''', with the oblique stem '''trí-''' or '''tr̥j-'''. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is '''tisr-''', and also declines as a noun in '''-s'''. It also has the special prefix form '''tri-'''.
 
=== 8.3 &quot;three&quot; ===
 
Beginning with''' tréjes''' &quot;three&quot;, the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in '''-s''', with the oblique stem '''trí-''' or '''tr̥j-'''. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is '''tisr-''', and also declines as a noun in '''-s'''. It also has the special prefix form '''tri-'''.
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
| Nominative sg.
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| ⸻
| style="text-align: center;"| tritós
| tritós


tritâ
tritâ
Line 3,071: Line 3,746:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Genitive sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| tritósjo
| tritósjo


tritâs
tritâs
Line 3,078: Line 3,753:
tritôsjo
tritôsjo


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| tréjes
| tréjes


tísres
tísres


trêjes
trôjes


trî
trî


| style="text-align: center;"| tritôs
| tritôs


tritâs
tritâs
Line 3,097: Line 3,773:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Genitive pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| tr̥jôm
| tr̥jôm


tisrôm
tisrôm


tr̥jájōm
tr̥jôjōm


| style="text-align: center;"| tritôm
| tritôm


tritâōm
tritâōm
Line 3,113: Line 3,789:




== 8.3 &quot;four&quot; ==


Similarly to &quot;three&quot;, the number 4 has a feminine stem '''qétesr-''' (oblique '''qetesr-''') and a stem for all other genders '''qetwór-''' (oblique '''qetur-''' and '''qetwr̥-''').
 
=== 8.3 &quot;four&quot; ===
 
Similarly to &quot;three&quot;, the number 4 has a feminine stem '''qétesr- '''(oblique '''qetesr-''') and a stem for all other genders '''qetwór-''' (oblique '''qetur-''' and '''qetwr̥-''').
 
 


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative sg.'''
|
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| ⸻
| Cardinal
| style="text-align: center;"| qetwr̥tós
| Ordinal
|-
| Nominative sg.
| ⸻
| qetwr̥tós


qetwr̥tâ
qetwr̥tâ
Line 3,134: Line 3,818:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive sg.'''
| Genitive sg.
| style="text-align: center;"| qetwr̥tósjo
| qetwr̥tósjo


qetwr̥tâs
qetwr̥tâs
Line 3,141: Line 3,825:
qetwr̥tôsjo
qetwr̥tôsjo


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Nominative pl.'''
| Nominative pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| qetwóres
| qetwóres


qétesres
qétesres
Line 3,151: Line 3,836:
qetwôr
qetwôr


| style="text-align: center;"| qetwr̥tôs
| qetwr̥tôs


qetwr̥tâs
qetwr̥tâs
Line 3,160: Line 3,845:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Genitive pl.'''
| Genitive pl.
| style="text-align: center;"| qeturôm
| qeturôm


qetesrôm
qetesrôm
Line 3,167: Line 3,852:
qeturájōm
qeturájōm


| style="text-align: center;"| qetwr̥tôm
| qetwr̥tôm


qetwr̥tâōm
qetwr̥tâōm
Line 3,176: Line 3,861:




== 8.4 5 to 10 ==
=== 8.4 5 to 10 ===


These numbers do not decline for gender or case.
These numbers do not decline for gender or case.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''5'''
| 5
| style="text-align: center;"| pénqe
| pénqe
| style="text-align: center;"| penqetós / -â / -óm
| penqetós / -â / -óm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''6'''
| 6
| style="text-align: center;"| swéḱs
| swéḱs
| style="text-align: center;"| sweḱstós / -â / -óm
| sweḱstós / -â / -óm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''7'''
| 7
| style="text-align: center;"| septḿ̥
| septḿ̥
| style="text-align: center;"| septm̥mós / -â / -óm
| septm̥mós / -â / -óm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''8'''
| 8
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)oḱtôw
| (H)oḱtôw
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)oḱtowós / -â / -óm
| (H)oḱtowós / -â / -óm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''9'''
| 9
| style="text-align: center;"| Hnéwn̥
| Hnéwn̥
| style="text-align: center;"| Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm
| Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''10'''
| 10
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥
| déḱm̥
| style="text-align: center;"| deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm
| deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm
|}
|}




== 8.5 11 to 19 ==
 
 
=== 8.5 11 to 19 ===


These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number '''déḱm̥''', followed by the augment particle '''Hé''', and a number between 1 and 9, such as '''déḱm̥ He Hójnos''' &quot;eleven&quot;, to '''déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥''' &quot;nineteen&quot;. Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to '''déḱm̥''' as below.
These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number '''déḱm̥''', followed by the augment particle '''Hé''', and a number between 1 and 9, such as '''déḱm̥ He Hójnos''' &quot;eleven&quot;, to '''déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥''' &quot;nineteen&quot;. Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to '''déḱm̥''' as below.


In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.
In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''11'''
| 11
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He Hójnom
| déḱm̥ He Hójnom


Hojnodéḱm̥
Hojnodéḱm̥


| rowspan="9" style="text-align: center;"| deḱm̥tós / -â / -ás / -óm
| deḱm̥tós / -â / -ôs / -óm


+
+


''corresponding cardinal numbers''
corresponding cardinal numbers


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''12'''
| 12
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He dwójH
| déḱm̥ He dwójH


dwidéḱm̥
dwidéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''13'''
| 13
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He trî
| déḱm̥ He trî


tridéḱm̥
tridéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''14'''
| 14
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He qetwôr
| déḱm̥ He qetwôr


qeturdéḱm̥
qeturdéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''15'''
| 15
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He pénqe
| déḱm̥ He pénqe


penqedéḱm̥
penqedéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''16'''
| 16
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He swéḱs
| déḱm̥ He swéḱs


sweḱsdéḱm̥
sweḱsdéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''17'''
| 17
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He septḿ̥
| déḱm̥ He septḿ̥


septm̥déḱm̥
septm̥déḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''18'''
| 18
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw
| déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw


(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥
(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥


|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''19'''
| 19
| style="text-align: center;"| déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥
| déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥


Hnewn̥déḱm̥
Hnewn̥déḱm̥


|
|}
|}




== 8.6 20 to 90 ==
 
 
=== 8.6 20 to 90 ===


Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as '''déḱm̥''' does.
Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as '''déḱm̥''' does.
Line 3,292: Line 4,001:
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Ordinal'''
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''20'''
| 20
| style="text-align: center;"| (d)wídḱm̥ti
| (d)wídḱm̥ti
| style="text-align: center;"| (d)widḱm̥tós
| (d)widḱm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''30'''
| 30
| style="text-align: center;"| tridḱómt
| tridḱómt
| style="text-align: center;"| tridḱm̥tós
| tridḱm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''40'''
| 40
| style="text-align: center;"| qétwr̥dḱómt
| qétwr̥dḱómt
| style="text-align: center;"| qétwr̥dkm̥tós
| qétwr̥dkm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''50'''
| 50
| style="text-align: center;"| penqedḱómt
| penqedḱómt
| style="text-align: center;"| penqedḱm̥tós
| penqedḱm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''60'''
| 60
| style="text-align: center;"| sweḱsdḱómt
| sweḱsdḱómt
| style="text-align: center;"| sweḱsdḱm̥tós
| sweḱsdḱm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''70'''
| 70
| style="text-align: center;"| septm̥dḱómt
| septm̥dḱómt
| style="text-align: center;"| septm̥dkm̥tós
| septm̥dkm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''80'''
| 80
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)oḱtódḱomt
| (H)oḱtódḱomt
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)oḱtodḱm̥tós
| (H)oḱtodḱm̥tós
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''90'''
| 90
| style="text-align: center;"| Hnéwn̥dḱomt
| Hnéwn̥dḱomt
| style="text-align: center;"| Hnewn̥dkm̥tós
| Hnewn̥dkm̥tós
|}
|}




== 8.7 Prefix forms ==
=== 8.7 Prefix forms ===


There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.
There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.
Line 3,336: Line 4,049:
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"|
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cardinal'''
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''1'''
| 1
| style="text-align: center;"| sm̥-
| sm̥-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''2'''
| 2
| style="text-align: center;"| dwi-
| dwi-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''3'''
| 3
| style="text-align: center;"| tri-
| tri-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''4'''
| 4
| style="text-align: center;"| qetwr̥-
| qetwr̥-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''5'''
| 5
| style="text-align: center;"| penqe-
| penqe-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''6'''
| 6
| style="text-align: center;"| sweḱs-
| sweḱs-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''7'''
| 7
| style="text-align: center;"| septm̥-
| septm̥-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''8'''
| 8
| style="text-align: center;"| (H)oḱto-
| (H)oḱto-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''9'''
| 9
| style="text-align: center;"| Hnewn̥-
| Hnewn̥-
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''10, and multiples'''
| 10, and multiples
| style="text-align: center;"| dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-
| dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-
|}
|}




== 8.8 Larger numbers ==
=== 8.8 Larger numbers ===


The numbers 100 and 1,000 are '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' '''~''' '''tûsonts'''. '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' are invariable, whereas '''tûsonts''' declines as a regular '''-onts''' noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are '''ḱm̥tontós''' &quot;hundredth&quot; and '''(sm̥)ǵheslontós''' '''~''' '''tūsontós''' &quot;thousandth&quot;.
The numbers 100 and 1,000 are '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' '''~''' '''tûsonts'''. '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' are invariable, whereas '''tûsonts''' declines as a regular '''-onts''' noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are '''ḱm̥tontós '''&quot;hundredth&quot; and '''(sm̥)ǵheslontós''' '''~''' '''tūsontós '''&quot;thousandth&quot;.  


A derivative of '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''', combined with the augmentative suffix, giving '''(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom''' (shortened from ''*(sm̥)ǵhésloHonom'') is used to mean &quot;million&quot; with the ordinal form '''(sm̥)ǵheslōntós'''; further derivation gives '''disǵhéslHonom''' (ordinal form '''disǵheslōntós'''), meaning &quot;billion&quot; and '''trisǵhéslHonom''' (ordinal form '''trisǵheslōntós''') for &quot;trillion&quot;. Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to '''deḱm̥ǵhéslHonom''' &quot;decillion&quot;, and much greater numbers up to '''Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslHonom''' for &quot;novemnonagintillion&quot;.
A derivative of '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''', combined with the augmentative suffix, giving '''(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom '''(from ''*(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom'') is used to mean &quot;million&quot; with the ordinal form '''(sm̥)ǵheslHontós'''; further derivation gives '''disǵhéslHonom '''(ordinal form '''disǵheslHontós'''), meaning &quot;billion&quot; and '''trisǵhéslHonom''' (ordinal form '''trisǵheslHontós''') for &quot;trillion&quot;. Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to '''deḱm̥ǵhéslHonom''' &quot;decillion&quot;, and much greater numbers up to '''Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslHonom''' for &quot;novemnonagintillion&quot;.


The connector '''He''' should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number '''987,654,321''' would be represented as '''Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt <u>He</u> septḿ̥ ǵhéslHonā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt <u>He</u> qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti <u>He</u> Hójnom'''.
The connector '''He''' should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number '''987,654,321''' would be represented as '''Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt ''''''''He'''''''' septḿ̥ ǵhéslHonā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt ''''''''He'''''''' qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti ''''''''He'''''''' Hójnom'''.




== 8.9 Multiplicative forms ==
=== 8.9 Multiplicative forms ===


Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning &quot;X times&quot;. Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word '''-pléḱs''' &quot;-fold&quot;.
Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning &quot;X times&quot;. Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word '''-pléḱs '''&quot;-fold&quot;.


For example, 1-4 produce the forms '''sm̥pléḱs''' &quot;single, onefold&quot;, '''dwipléḱs''' &quot;double, twofold&quot;, '''tripléḱs''' &quot;triple, threefold&quot;, and '''qetwr̥pléḱs''' &quot;quadruple, fourfold&quot;.
For example, 1-4 produce the forms '''sm̥pléḱs''' &quot;single, onefold&quot;, '''dwipléḱs''' &quot;double, twofold&quot;, '''tripléḱs '''&quot;triple, threefold&quot;, and '''qetwr̥pléḱs''' &quot;quadruple, fourfold&quot;.




== 8.10 Exceptional &quot;times&quot; forms. ==
=== 8.10 Exceptional &quot;times&quot; forms ===


The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms '''dís''' and '''trís''', meaning &quot;twice&quot; and &quot;thrice&quot; respectively.
The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms '''dís''' and '''trís''', meaning &quot;twice&quot; and &quot;thrice&quot; respectively.




== 8.11 Collective forms ==
=== 8.11 Collective forms ===


A collective numeral is one which specifies &quot;a group of X&quot;. The first form is '''dwôdwō''', meaning &quot;pair&quot;. The rest are formed by suffixing '''-ō''' to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening '''-l-''' (as if from '''-lós''') to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for '''-ō'''. This gives '''tríō''' &quot;trio, threesome&quot;, '''qetwŕ̥ō''' &quot;quartet, foursome&quot;, '''qénqelō''' &quot;quintet, fivesome&quot;, '''swéḱsō''' &quot;sextet&quot;, '''septḿ̥ō''' &quot;septet&quot;, '''(H)oḱtólō''' &quot;octet&quot;, '''Hnéwnō''' &quot;nonet&quot;, and '''déḱmō''' &quot;dectet&quot;. Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as '''dwidéḱmō''' &quot;dozen&quot;. The larger numbers give '''ḱm̥tolō''' &quot;group of a hundred&quot;, '''(sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō''' &quot;group of a thousand&quot;, and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslHonō''' &quot;group of a million&quot; with derivatives thereof.
A collective numeral is one which specifies &quot;a group of X&quot;. The first form is '''dwôdwō''', meaning &quot;pair&quot;. The rest are formed by suffixing '''-ō''' to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening '''-l-''' (as if from '''-lós''') to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for '''-ō'''. This gives '''tríō''' &quot;trio, threesome&quot;, '''qetwŕ̥ō''' &quot;quartet, foursome&quot;, '''qénqelō''' &quot;quintet, fivesome&quot;, '''swéḱsō''' &quot;sextet&quot;, '''septḿ̥ō''' &quot;septet&quot;, '''(H)oḱtólō''' &quot;octet&quot;, '''Hnéwnō''' &quot;nonet&quot;, and '''déḱmō''' &quot;dectet&quot;. Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as '''dwidéḱmō''' &quot;dozen&quot;. The larger numbers give '''ḱm̥tolō''' &quot;group of a hundred&quot;, '''(sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō''' &quot;group of a thousand&quot;, and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslōnō''' &quot;group of a million&quot; with derivatives thereof.




== 8.12 Case agreement ==
=== 8.12 Case agreement ===


The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: '''Hójnos wīrós''' &quot;one man&quot;, '''tr̥jôm wīrôm''' &quot;of three men&quot;, '''qetwr̥mós wīrómos''' &quot;(for/to) four men&quot;. Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: '''éǵ wélō pénqe wīróms''' &quot;I see five men&quot;.
The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: '''Hójnos wīrós''' &quot;one man&quot;, '''tr̥jôm wīrôm''' &quot;of three men&quot;, '''qetwr̥mós wīrómos''' &quot;(for/to) four men&quot;. Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: '''éǵ wélō pénqe wīróms '''&quot;I see five men&quot;.




= 9 Prepositions =
== 9 Prepositions ==


Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the locative for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the accusative for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as '''Hén''' &quot;in&quot; can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in '''Hén dém''' &quot;in a house&quot; and '''Hén dôm''' &quot;into a house&quot;.
Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the locative for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the accusative for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as '''Hén''' &quot;in&quot; can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in '''Hén dém''' &quot;in a house&quot; and '''Hén dôm''' &quot;into a house&quot;.


Positional adverbs, such as '''déḱs''' &quot;(on the) right&quot;, can also be used, requiring the genitive: '''déḱs tosjo déms''' &quot;to/on the right of the house&quot;.
Positional adverbs, such as '''déḱs '''&quot;(on the) right&quot;, can also be used, requiring the genitive: '''déḱs tosjo déms''' &quot;to/on the right of the house&quot;.


Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.
Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Preposition'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Meaning'''
!
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Preposition'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Meaning'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''bhêǵhs'''
| Preposition
| style="text-align: center;"| without
| Meaning
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hpó'''
| Preposition
| style="text-align: center;"| from
| Meaning
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| ''''''
| bhêǵhs
| style="text-align: center;"| from
| without
| Hpó
| from
|-
| dê
| from


of
of
Line 3,429: Line 4,152:
thanks to
thanks to


| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hpós'''
| Hpós
| style="text-align: center;"| after
| after
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''déḱs'''
| déḱs
| style="text-align: center;"| on/to the right
| on/to the right
| style="text-align: right;"| '''ḱóm'''
| ḱóm
| rowspan="2" style="text-align: center;"| with (using, in the company of)
| with (using, in the company of)
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''énu'''
| énu
| style="text-align: center;"| after
| after


along
along


| style="text-align: right;"| '''me'''
| me
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''(H)éti'''
| (H)éti
| style="text-align: center;"| beyond
| beyond
| style="text-align: right;"| '''pér'''
| pér
| style="text-align: center;"| through, via, by means of
| through, via, by means of
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hén'''
| Hén
| style="text-align: center;"| in
| in


into
into


| style="text-align: right;"| '''péri'''
| péri
| style="text-align: center;"| about, regarding, because of
| about, regarding, because of
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Héǵhs'''
| Héǵhs
| style="text-align: center;"| out (of)
| out (of)


out (from)
out (from)


| style="text-align: right;"| '''préti'''
| préti
| style="text-align: center;"| towards
| towards
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Heǵhstós'''
| Heǵhstós
| style="text-align: center;"| outside of
| outside of
| style="text-align: right;"| '''préj'''
| préj
| style="text-align: center;"| in front of
| in front of
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Héǵhsteros'''
| Héǵhsteros
| style="text-align: center;"| besides, other than
| besides, other than
| style="text-align: right;"| '''pró'''
| pró
| style="text-align: center;"| before, in front of
| before, in front of


to(ward), up to
to(ward), up to


|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hentér'''
| Hentér
| style="text-align: center;"| between
| between
| style="text-align: right;"| '''sn̥(H)tér'''
| r̥ / rô / rôdhi
| style="text-align: center;"| separate from
| for
|-
| Hépi
| on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)
 
onto
 
| sn̥(H)tér
| separate from


without
without


|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hépi'''
| Hn̥dó
| style="text-align: center;"| on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)
| into
 
| ~ swéd
onto
| without
 
| style="text-align: right;"| '''swéd'''
| style="text-align: center;"| without
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hn̥dó'''
| Hn̥dóm
| style="text-align: center;"| into
| inside of, within
| style="text-align: right;"| '''tr̥Hás'''
| tr̥Hás
| style="text-align: center;"| across, along, through
| across, along, through
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hn̥dóm'''
| Hn̥dhér
| style="text-align: center;"| inside of, within
| beneath, underneath
| style="text-align: right;"| '''úd'''
| úd
| style="text-align: center;"| upwards
| upwards


above
above


+ ''Hád'' going up to
+ ''Hád ''going up to


|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hn̥dhér'''
| Hn̥dhí
| style="text-align: center;"| beneath, underneath
| under
| style="text-align: right;"| '''upér(i)'''
| style="text-align: center;"| above, over
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hn̥dhí'''
| style="text-align: center;"| under


to the bottom of
to the bottom of


| style="text-align: right;"| '''upó'''
| upér(i)
| style="text-align: center;"| under
| above, over
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hád'''
| Hád
| style="text-align: center;"| at
| at


to(wards)
to(wards)


| style="text-align: right;"| ''''''
| upó
| style="text-align: center;"| away from
| under
|-
| Hánt(i)
| opposite
| wí
| away from


against
against


|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hánt(i)'''
| Hapó
| style="text-align: center;"| opposite
| away from
| style="text-align: right;"| '''wír'''
| style="text-align: center;"| without
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hapó'''
| style="text-align: center;"| away from


away from
away from


| style="text-align: center;"|
| wír
| style="text-align: center;"|
| without
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Háwti'''
| Háwti
| style="text-align: center;"| either / or
| either / or
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: right;"| '''Hm̥bhí'''
| Hm̥bhí
| style="text-align: center;"| around, surrounding
| around, surrounding


about, regarding
about, regarding


| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|}
|}




= 10 Discourse =
== 10 Discourse ==


The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.
The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.




== 10.1 Questions and particles ==
=== 10.1 Questions and particles ===


Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per '''3.1''', questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: '''ís cémt''' &quot;he came&quot; becomes '''cémt is?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;. When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: '''qís Hésti ís?''' &quot;who is he?&quot;.
Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per '''3.1''', questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: '''ís cémt''' &quot;he came&quot; becomes '''cémt is?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;. When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: '''qís Hésti ís?''' &quot;who is he?&quot;.
Line 3,574: Line 4,298:
In addition, the phrase '''né Hésti…?''' &quot;isn't it…?&quot; can be used with the regular statement to form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in '''né Hésti, qid ís cémt?''' &quot;isn't it [the case] that he came?&quot;; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in '''ís cémt, né Hésti?''' &quot;he came, isn't it?&quot;.
In addition, the phrase '''né Hésti…?''' &quot;isn't it…?&quot; can be used with the regular statement to form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in '''né Hésti, qid ís cémt?''' &quot;isn't it [the case] that he came?&quot;; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in '''ís cémt, né Hésti?''' &quot;he came, isn't it?&quot;.


The simple responses to yes/no questions is '''nójnom''', '''né tód''', or '''Hóju qíd''' &quot;no&quot;, and the positive is '''já ~ sejḱe ~ tód'''. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, '''nójnom''' is a shortening of '''né (H)ójnom''', from Latin ''nōn'', whereas '''Hóju qíd''' is the form of Greek ''οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ)'' and Armenian ''ոչ''; meanwhile, '''já''' is ubiquitous in Germanic, '''séjḱe''' also from Latin ''sīc'', and '''(né)''' '''tód''' as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh ''do ~ naddo''.
The simple responses to yes/no questions is '''nójnom''', '''né tód''', or '''Hóju qíd''' &quot;no&quot;, and the positive is '''já ~ sejḱe ~ tód ~ dô'''. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, '''nójnom''' is a shortening of '''né (H)ójnom''', from Latin ''nōn'', whereas '''Hóju qíd '''is the form of Greek ''οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ)'' and Armenian ''ոչ''; meanwhile, '''já''' is ubiquitous in Germanic, '''séjḱe''' also from Latin ''sīc, '''''(né) tód''''' ''as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh ''do ~ naddo'', or '''dô''' as in Slavic ''да''.


In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were '''cémt ís?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;, a positive response would be '''cémt''' &quot;he came (yes)&quot;, and a negative response would be '''né(ghe) cémt''' &quot;he didn't come (no)&quot;. Note that the negative particle here can either be '''né''' or '''néghe'''; the '''-ghe''' suffix intensifies the previous particle.
In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were '''cémt ís?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;, a positive response would be '''cémt''' &quot;he came (yes)&quot;, and a negative response would be '''né(ghe) cémt''' &quot;he didn't come (no)&quot;. Note that the negative particle here can either be '''né''' or '''néghe'''; the '''-ghe''' suffix intensifies the previous particle.




== 10.2 Subordinate clauses ==
=== 10.2 Subordinate clauses ===


These can be introduced in one of two ways.
These can be introduced in one of two ways.
Line 3,585: Line 4,309:
The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word '''qid''', such as in '''éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt''' &quot;I know that he came&quot;.
The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word '''qid''', such as in '''éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt''' &quot;I know that he came&quot;.


Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: '''só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt…''' &quot;the man, whose wife came…&quot;, literally &quot;the man, of whom [the] wife came…&quot;.
Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: '''só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt… '''&quot;the man, whose wife came…&quot;, literally &quot;the man, of whom [the] wife came…&quot;.




== 10.3 Hypothetical sentences ==
=== 10.3 Hypothetical sentences ===


Hypothetical sentences are introduced by '''sô ~ séj''' &quot;if&quot;, which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of '''só''' in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning &quot;with this&quot; or &quot;in this&quot;. This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin ''sī''. '''mā''' can be used as in Celtic, '''jéj''' as in Baltic, or '''qéj''' as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.
Hypothetical sentences are introduced by '''sô ~ séj '''&quot;if&quot;, which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of '''só''' in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning &quot;with this&quot; or &quot;in this&quot;. This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin ''sī''. '''mā''' can be used as in Celtic, '''jéj''' as in Baltic, or '''qéj''' as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.


The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle '''tómḱe''' &quot;then, in that case&quot;, or '''tóqe''' &quot;then&quot;.
The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle '''tómḱe''' &quot;then, in that case&quot;, or '''tóqe''' &quot;then&quot;.




=== 10.3.1 Conditionals ===
==== 10.3.1 Conditionals ====


The verb '''skéles''' &quot;to owe&quot; should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving '''séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím''' &quot;If he came, I would have wanted to see him&quot;. When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative '''(é)-os''' form, and the second is in the genitive '''(é)-esos''' form: '''séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím''' &quot;If he comes, I would want to see him&quot;. Literally this means something like &quot;...that I owe wanting of seeing&quot;.
The verb '''skéles '''&quot;to owe&quot; should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving '''séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím''' &quot;If he came, I would have wanted to see him&quot;. When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative '''(é)-os''' form, and the second is in the genitive '''(é)-esos '''form: '''séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím '''&quot;If he comes, I would want to see him&quot;. Literally this means something like &quot;...that I owe wanting of seeing&quot;.




== 10.4 Negation of nominals ==
=== 10.4 Negation of nominals ===


Nominals must be negated by the particle '''néghe''' &quot;not&quot;; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as '''néghe méǵHs''' &quot;not great&quot;, or '''néghe wīrós''' &quot;not a man&quot;. Determiners can also precede the nominal: '''néghe só wīrós''' &quot;not the/this man&quot;.
Nominals must be negated by the particle '''néghe''' &quot;not&quot;; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as '''néghe méǵHs''' &quot;not great&quot;, or '''néghe wīrós''' &quot;not a man&quot;. Determiners can also precede the nominal: '''néghe só wīrós''' &quot;not the/this man&quot;.




== 10.5 Either/or ==
=== 10.5 Either/or ===


&quot;Either&quot; and &quot;or&quot; are both expressed by the word '''Háwti''': '''Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne''' &quot;either come with me, or stay&quot;.
&quot;Either&quot; and &quot;or&quot; are both expressed by the word '''Háwti''': '''Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne '''&quot;either come with me, or stay&quot;.




== 10.6 Prohibition ==
=== 10.6 Prohibition ===


In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle '''mê''' &quot;do not…!&quot; (from ''*meh₁'' as seen in Greek ''μή'') is used to express prohibition: '''Hidhí!''' &quot;go!&quot; becomes '''mê Hidhí!''' &quot;do not go!&quot;
In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle '''mê''' &quot;do not…!&quot; (from ''*meh₁'' as seen in Greek ''μή'') is used to express prohibition: '''Hidhí!''' &quot;go!&quot; becomes '''mê Hidhí!''' &quot;do not go!&quot;




== 10.7 Conjunctions ==
=== 10.7 Conjunctions ===




=== 10.7.1 Addition ===
==== 10.7.1 Addition ====


Following the presence of ''A and B'' constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the ''and'' construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European ''*-kʷe'' suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are '''Hé''' (the augment ''*h₁é''), '''ḱḿ̥ti''' (modelled on the Greek ''καί''), '''Héti''' (modelled on the Latin ''et''), '''Hánti''' (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*andi''), '''Héj''' (modelled on Proto-Slavic ''*i''), or '''Hṓd''' (modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic ''*ō'', based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form ''*h₁ōd'').
Following the presence of ''A and B'' constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the ''and'' construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European ''*-kʷe'' suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are '''Hé''' (the augment ''*h₁é''), '''ḱḿ̥ti '''(modelled on the Greek ''καί''), '''Héti''' (modelled on the Latin ''et''), '''Hánti''' (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*andi''), '''Héj''' (modelled on Proto-Slavic ''*i''), or '''Hṓd '''(modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic ''*ō'', based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form ''*h₁ōd'').


&quot;Also&quot; can be expressed with '''qōdqe''', a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of '''qís''', meaning approximately &quot;and from which&quot;, or '''Héwghe''' (modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*auk'').
&quot;Also&quot; can be expressed with '''qōdqe''', a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of '''qís''', meaning approximately &quot;and from which&quot;, or '''Háwghe''' (modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*auk'').




=== 10.7.2 Consequence ===
==== 10.7.2 Consequence ====


Consequence in the form of &quot;then&quot; or &quot;so&quot; is expressed with '''tôd''', yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised '''só ~ sâ ~ tód''', such as '''éǵ cêm, tôd ís lêjqst''' &quot;I came, then he left&quot;.
Consequence in the form of &quot;then&quot; or &quot;so&quot; is expressed with '''tôd''', yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised '''só ~ sâ ~ tód''', such as '''éǵ cêm, tôd ís léjqt '''&quot;I came, then he left&quot;.




=== 10.7.3 Purpose, intent ===
==== 10.7.3 Purpose, intent ====


An intended consequence, expressing &quot;so that&quot; or &quot;in order to&quot;, is expressed with a similar form to the above, '''téj''', a thematicised dative meaning &quot;to this&quot;, and a subordinate clause introduced by '''qid''' with the verb in the subjunctive, such as '''éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd''' &quot;I bought this so you could eat it&quot;.
An intended consequence, expressing &quot;so that&quot; or &quot;in order to&quot;, is expressed with a similar form to the above, '''téj''', a thematicised dative meaning &quot;to this&quot;, and a subordinate clause introduced by '''qid''' with the verb in the subjunctive, such as '''éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd '''&quot;I bought this so you could eat it&quot;.




=== 10.7.4 Alternatives ===
==== 10.7.4 Alternatives ====


The basic words &quot;or&quot; and &quot;nor&quot; are expressed by '''íwe ~ íwē''' or '''éjwe ~ éjwē''' (based on ''*i-'' and ''*ey-'' as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity ('''éǵ íwe tû''' &quot;I or you&quot;) and '''néwe''' in the negative ('''néghe éǵ néwe tû''' &quot;not I nor you, not me and not you&quot;).
The basic words &quot;or&quot; and &quot;nor&quot; are expressed by '''íwe ~ íwē''' or '''éjwe ~ éjwē''' (based on ''*i-'' and ''*ey-'' as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity ('''éǵ íwe tû''' &quot;I or you&quot;) and '''néwe''' in the negative ('''néghe éǵ néwe tû''' &quot;not I nor you, not me and not you&quot;).
Line 3,642: Line 4,366:




=== 10.7.5 Exceptions ===
==== 10.7.5 Exceptions ====


The word &quot;but&quot; can be expressed either as '''íde ~ éjde''' (using the Proto-Indo-European ''*de'' contrastive particle) or '''Heǵhstós''' (modelled on the Greek ''εχτός'' and Proto-Celtic ''*extos'') at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic '''de''' otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending '''de''' is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.
The word &quot;but&quot; can be expressed either as '''íde ~ éjde''' (using the Proto-Indo-European ''*de'' contrastive particle) or '''Heǵhstós''' (modelled on the Greek ''εχτός'' and Proto-Celtic ''*extos'') at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic '''de''' otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending '''de''' is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.
Line 3,649: Line 4,373:




== 10.8 Politeness and formality ==
 
 
=== 10.8 Politeness and formality ===


Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.
Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.




=== 10.8.1 T-V distinction ===
==== 10.8.1 T-V distinction ====


Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as '''jû''' rather than '''tû''', and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal '''tû Hési méǵHs''' “you are tall” into '''jû Hsté méǵHas'''.
Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as '''jû''' rather than '''tû''', and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal '''tû Hési méǵHs''' “you are tall” into '''jû Hsté méǵHas'''.




=== 10.8.2 Third person verb constructions ===
 
 
==== 10.8.2 Third person verb constructions ====


Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.
Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.




==== 10.8.2.1 Praising the listener ====
===== 10.8.2.1 Praising the listener =====


This follows the pattern of the Spanish ''usted'', which is derived from ''vuestra merced'' “your mercy”. As the etymology of ''merced'' is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from '''cérHtis''' “praise, grace”, whose root '''cérH-''' gives the Latin ''grātia''.
This follows the pattern of the Spanish ''usted'', which is derived from ''vuestra merced'' “your mercy”. As the etymology of ''merced'' is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from '''cérHtis''' “praise, grace”, whose root '''cérH-''' gives the Latin ''grātia''.


This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective '''tós''' (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or '''usós''' (if using T-V), giving '''tâ cérHtis''' or '''usâ cérHtis'''. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.
This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective '''tós''' (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or '''usós '''(if using T-V), giving '''tâ cérHtis''' or '''usâ cérHtis'''. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.




==== 10.8.2.2 Invariant third-person plural ====
===== 10.8.2.2 Invariant third-person plural =====


The pronoun '''î''', along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.
The pronoun '''î''', along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.




==== 10.8.2.3 Alternative pronominal forms ====
===== 10.8.2.3 Alternative pronominal forms =====


The pronoun '''ḱénos / -ā / -as''', declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism '''(H)irós / -â / -ás''', an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns '''ís / î / jás''' can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving '''(H)irôs / -âs / -ájes''' for multiple referents.
The pronoun '''ḱénos / -ā / -as''', declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism '''(H)irós / -â / -ás''', an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns '''ís / î / jás''' can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving '''(H)irôs / -âs / -ájes''' for multiple referents.




=== 10.8.3 Titles and forms of address ===
==== 10.8.3 Titles and forms of address ====


People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title ''Mister'' and its cognates can be given as '''méǵHisteros / -ā / -as''', while common Romance terms ''señor, signore, monsieur'' are given as '''sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas'''.
People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title ''Mister'' and its cognates can be given as '''méǵHisteros / -ā / -as''', while common Romance terms ''señor, signore, monsieur'' are given as '''sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas'''.
Line 3,690: Line 4,418:




= 11 Further rules and conventions of writing =




== 11.1 Writing system ==
== 11 Further rules and conventions of writing ==
 
 
=== 11.1 Writing system ===


The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In '''Appendix D''' there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.
The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In '''Appendix D''' there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.




== 11.2 Case ==
=== 11.2 Case ===


SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.
SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.
Line 3,705: Line 4,435:




== 11.3 Clause- and sentence-final punctuation ==
=== 11.3 Clause- and sentence-final punctuation ===


In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.
In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.




== 11.4 Quotation ==
=== 11.4 Quotation ===


For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.
For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.
Line 3,721: Line 4,451:




== 11.5 Larger breaks ==
 
 
=== 11.5 Larger breaks ===


Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.
Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.
Line 3,728: Line 4,460:




= 12 Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE =
== 12 Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE ==


Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.
Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.
Line 3,735: Line 4,467:




== 12.1 Sounds foreign to SAvIE ==
=== 12.1 Sounds foreign to SAvIE ===


All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.
All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Sound'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Graph'''
!
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /f/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨f⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ɣ/
| Sound
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ǥ⟩
| Graph
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /h/
| /f/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ħ⟩
| ⟨f⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /x/
| /ɣ/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨x⟩
| ⟨ǥ⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ʃ/, //
| /h/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩
| ⟨ħ⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ʒ/, //
| /x/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩
| ⟨x⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /v/
| /ʃ/, /tʃ/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨v⟩
| ⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /z/
| /ʒ/, /dʒ/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨z⟩
| ⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩
|-
| /v/
| ⟨v⟩
|-
| /z/
| ⟨z⟩
|}
|}


Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].
Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].


In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:
In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Sound'''
!
| style="text-align: center;"| '''Graph'''
!
|-
| Sound
| Graph
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /æ/
| /æ/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ä⟩
| ⟨ä⟩


⟨ā̈⟩ when long
⟨ā̈⟩ when long
Line 3,788: Line 4,532:


|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native
| /ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ë⟩
| ⟨ë⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ɨ ~ ɯ/
| /ɨ ~ ɯ/
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ï⟩
| ⟨ï⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /ø ~ œ/ and similar
| /ø ~ œ/ and similar
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ö⟩
| ⟨ö⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| /y ~ ʏ/ and similar
| /y ~ ʏ/ and similar
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ü⟩
| ⟨ü⟩
|-
|-
| style="text-align: center;"| Any nasal vowel
| Any nasal vowel
| style="text-align: center;"| ⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.
| ⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.
|}
|}


Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.
Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.


Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.
Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.


So, for example, the French word ''bureau'' could be borrowed in as any of the following:
So, for example, the French word ''bureau'' could be borrowed in as any of the following:


* '''bűro, büró''': indeclinable, with foreign phonology
* '''bűrō, bürô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with foreign phonology


* '''bjúro, bjuró''': indeclinable, with native phonology
* '''bjúrō, bjurô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with native phonology


in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation '''bureau'''.
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bűro, büró''': indeclinable, with foreign phonology</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bűrō, bürô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with foreign phonology</p></blockquote></li></ul>
 
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bjúro, bjuró''': indeclinable, with native phonology</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bjúrō, bjurô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with native phonology</p></blockquote></li></ul>
 
 
 
in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation '''bureau'''.
 
 


Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.
Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.
Line 3,823: Line 4,579:




== 12.2 Borrowed morphology ==
=== 12.2 Borrowed morphology ===


Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.
Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Original suffix'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cognates'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Form in SAvIE'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-άζω''
| Original suffix
| style="text-align: left;"|
| Cognates
| style="text-align: left;"| ( ́)-adjeti ''v.''
| Form in SAvIE
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-(ο)-ειδής''
| A.Gr. ''-άζω''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-oid''
|
| style="text-align: left;"| (e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos ''adj.''
| ( ́)-adjeti ''v.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-ίζω''
| A.Gr. ''-(ο)-ειδής''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ize / -ise''
| Eng. ''-oid''
| style="text-align: left;"| ( ́)-idjeti ''v.''
| (e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos ''adj.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr ''-ισμός''
| A.Gr. ''-ίζω''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ism''
| Eng. ''-ize / -ise''
| style="text-align: left;"| ()-ismós ''n.m''
| ( ́)-idjeti ''v.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-ιστής''
| A.Gr ''-ισμός''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ist''
| Eng. ''-ism''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-idtās ''n.m/n.f''
| ()-ismós ''n.m''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-λογία''
| A.Gr. ''-ιστής''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-logy''
| Eng. ''-ist''
| style="text-align: left;"| =lògiā (close compound) ''n.f''
| (é)-idtās ''n.m/n.f''
|-
| A.Gr. ''-λογία''
| Eng. ''-logy''
| =lògiā (close compound) ''n.f''


lógiā (loose compound) ''n.f''
lógiā (loose compound) ''n.f''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-λόγος''
| A.Gr. ''-λόγος''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-logue''
| Eng. ''-logue''
| style="text-align: left;"| =logòs (close) ''n.m''
| =logòs (close) ''n.m''


logós (loose) ''n.m''
logós (loose) ''n.m''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr. ''-(η)τής''
| A.Gr. ''-(η)τής''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ete''
| Eng. ''-ete''
| style="text-align: left;"| -tās ~ -tās (&lt; -tāos) ''n.m/n.f''
| -tās ~ -tās (&lt; -tāos) ''n.m/n.f''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr ''-φιλία''
| A.Gr ''-φιλία''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-philia''
| Eng. ''-philia''
| style="text-align: left;"| =bhìliā (close) ''n.f''
| =bhìliā (close) ''n.f''


bhíliā (loose) ''n.f''
bhíliā (loose) ''n.f''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| A.Gr ''-φιλος''
| A.Gr ''-φιλος''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-phile''
| Eng. ''-phile''
| style="text-align: left;"| =bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) ''n.''
| =bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) ''n.''


bhílos / -ā / -om (loose) ''n.''
bhílos / -ā / -om (loose) ''n.''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-arian''
| Eng. ''-arian''
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-ārius / -a / -um''
| Lat. ''-ārius / -a / -um''
| style="text-align: left;"| (∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm ''n.''
| (∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm ''n.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ics''
| Eng. ''-ics''
| style="text-align: left;"| Gr. ''-ικά''
| Gr. ''-ικά''


Gr. ''-ική''
Gr. ''-ική''


| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ ''n.n''
| (é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ ''n.n''


(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ ''n.f''
(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ ''n.f''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-istics''
| Eng. ''-istics''
| style="text-align: left;"| → Ger. ''-istik''
| → Ger. ''-istik''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-idtikā ''n.n / n.f''
| (é)-idtikā ''n.n / n.f''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ization''
| Eng. ''-ization''
| style="text-align: left;"| Sp. ''-ización''
| Sp. ''-ización''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-idātīō ''n.f''
| (é)-idātīō ''n.f''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-ālis / -āle''
| Lat. ''-ālis / -āle''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-al''
| Eng. ''-al''
| style="text-align: left;"| ( ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.m/f''<ref>Declines as '''-is''' nouns do</ref>
| ( ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.m/f''<sup>''<ref>''Declines as '''-is '''nouns do''</ref>''</sup>


( ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.n''
( ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.n''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-āticus / -a / -um''
| Lat. ''-āticus / -a / -um''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-atic''
| Eng. ''-atic''
| style="text-align: left;"| (∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm ''adj.''
| (∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm ''adj.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-ātiō''
| Lat. ''-ātiō''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ation''
| Eng. ''-ation''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-ātīō ''n.f''
| (é)-ātīō ''n.f''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-ātus / -a / -um''
| Lat. ''-ātus / -a / -um''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ate''
| Eng. ''-ate''
| style="text-align: left;"| (∅)-ātós ''adj.''
| (∅)-ātós ''adj.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-idus / -a / -um''
| Lat. ''-idus / -a / -um''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-id''
| Eng. ''-id''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)-idhos / -ā / -om ''adj.''
| (é)-idhos / -ā / -om ''adj.''
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-īlis / -īle''
| Lat. ''-īlis / -īle''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ile''
| Eng. ''-ile''
| style="text-align: left;"| ( ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.m/f''
| ( ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.m/f''


( ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.n''
( ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.n''


|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Lat. ''-osus'' via A.Gr ''-ώδης''
| Lat. ''-osus'' via A.Gr ''-ώδης''
| style="text-align: left;"| Eng. ''-ose, -ous''
| Eng. ''-ose, -ous''
| style="text-align: left;"| (é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)
| (é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)


Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)
Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)
Line 3,946: Line 4,708:




= A Verb template =


'''single transitivity:'''


<u>nonpast thematic</u>: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti <u>nonpast athematic</u>: (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti
== A Verb template ==


<u>né-nonpast</u>: (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti
single transitivity:


<u>imperfect thematic</u>: (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt <u>imperfect athematic</u>: (é)-t ~ ()-ént
<blockquote>''nonpast thematic'': (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti ''nonpast athematic'': (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''né-nonpast'': (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect thematic'': (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt ''imperfect athematic'': (é)-t ~ (∅)-ént
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''né-imperfect'' (∅)-⟨né⟩-t ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''NP-T subjunctive:'' (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti ''NP-A subjunctive'': (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''past subjunctive regardless of thematicity'': (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti
</blockquote>
transitive:


<u>-imperfect</u> ()-⟨né⟩-t ~ ()-⟨n⟩-énti
<blockquote>''nonpast'': (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect'': (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
intransitive:


<u>NP-T subjunctive:</u> (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti <u>NP-A subjunctive</u>: (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti
<blockquote>''nonpast'': ()-j-é-ti ~ ()-j-ó-nti bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect'': ()-j-é-t ~ ()-j-ó-nt bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
shared:


<blockquote><u>past subjunctive regardless of thematicity</u>: (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti
<blockquote>''eventive aorist'': (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
'''transitive:'''
<blockquote>''stative aorist'': (ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr Hwóse ~ Husêr
 
</blockquote>
<u>nonpast</u>: (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti
<blockquote> bhówHe HusómHnos
 
</blockquote>
<blockquote>Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
<blockquote>''stative subjunctive'': (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhéwHeti HusómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''habitual'': (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''habitual subjunctive'': (∅)-ê-ti ~ ()-ô-nti bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
<u>imperfect</u>: (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont
non-finite forms:


<blockquote>Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
<blockquote>''present participle'': (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
'''intransitive:'''
<blockquote>''passive participle'': (∅)-ó-mHnos bhr̥gómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''past participle'': (∅)-tós bhr̥gtós
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''infinitive'': (é)-es bhréges
</blockquote>
compound tenses:


<u>nonpast</u>: (∅)-j-é-ti ~ (∅)-j-ó-nti bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti
<blockquote>''perfect'': kápti + PastP kápmi bhr̥gtóm
 
</blockquote>
Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
<blockquote> kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
 
</blockquote>
<u>imperfect</u>: (∅)-j-é-t ~ (∅)-j-ó-nt bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt
<blockquote>''pluperfect'': kâpst + PastP kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm
 
</blockquote>
Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
<blockquote> kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
 
</blockquote>
'''shared:'''
<blockquote>''future tense'': Héjti + PresP locative Héjmi bhr̥gént
 
</blockquote>
<u>eventive aorist</u>: (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t
Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos
 
bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
 
<u>stative aorist</u>: (ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr Hwóse ~ Husêr
 
bhówHe HusómHnos
 
<u>stative subjunctive</u>: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti
 
bhéwHeti HusómHnos
 
<u>habitual</u>: (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt
 
bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos
 
<u>habitual subjunctive</u>: (∅)-ê-ti ~ (∅)-ô-nti bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti
 
bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos
 
'''non-finite forms:'''
 
<u>present participle</u>: (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés
 
<u>passive participle</u>: (∅)-ó-mHnos bhr̥gómHnos
 
<u>past participle</u>: (∅)-tós bhr̥gtós
 
<u>infinitive</u>: (é)-es bhréges
 
'''compound tenses:'''
 
<u>perfect</u>: kápti + PastP kápmi bhr̥gtóm
 
kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
 
<u>pluperfect</u>: kâpst + PastP kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm
 
kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
 
<u>future tense</u>: Héjti + PresP locative Héjmi bhr̥gént
 
Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos
 
<u>continuous</u>: Héses + PresP Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ ''etc.'' bhrégontom


<blockquote>''continuous'': Héses + PresP Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ ''etc.'' bhrégontom
</blockquote>
<blockquote>Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos
<blockquote>Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
Line 4,036: Line 4,800:
Law 2: ''/-VRs/, */-VRH/ &gt; *-VːR''
Law 2: ''/-VRs/, */-VRH/ &gt; *-VːR''


''/-VRH-/ &gt; *-VR-'' (Szemerényi's law)
'' /-VRH-/ &gt; *-VR- ''(Szemerényi's law)




= B Sample vocabulary =
 
 
== B Sample vocabulary ==


The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.
The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.




== B.1 Verbs ==
=== B.1 Verbs ===


<u>verb infinitive 3sg nonpast 3sg imp. 3sg aorist</u>
verb infinitive 3sg nonpast 3sg imp. 3sg aorist


'''be able''' gélHes gl̥Hnéwti gl̥Hnéwt gélHt
'''be able '''gélHes gl̥Hnéwti gl̥Hnéwt gélHt


'''bake''' bhôges bhôgeti bhôget bhôHgst
'''bake''' bhôges bhôgeti bhôget bhôHgst


'''be''' Héses Hésti Hést bhéwst
'''be '''Héses Hésti Hést bhéwst


'''begin''' kénes kéneti kénet kênst
'''begin '''kénes kéneti kénet kênst


'''breathe out''' dhwéses dhwésti dhwést dhwêst
'''breathe out '''dhwéses dhwésti dhwést dhwêst


'''burn''' Héwses Héwseti Héwset Hêwst
'''burn''' Héwses Héwseti Héwset Hêwst
Line 4,064: Line 4,830:
'''change (tr.)''' mójnēs mojnéjeti mojnéjet mêjnst
'''change (tr.)''' mójnēs mojnéjeti mojnéjet mêjnst


'''come''' cémes cm̥jéti cm̥jét cémt
'''come '''cémes cm̥jéti cm̥jét cémt


'''cook''' péqes péqeti péqet pêqst
'''cook''' péqes péqeti péqet pêqst


'''defecate''' ḱéqes ḱéqti ḱéqt ḱêqst
'''defecate '''ḱéqes ḱéqti ḱéqt ḱêqst


'''do''' dhês dhêti dhêt dhêHst
'''do '''dhês dhêti dhêt dhêHst


'''drink''' píbes píbeti píbet pôHst
'''drink '''píbes píbeti píbet pôHst


'''be dressed''' wésjes usjéti usjét wêst
'''be dressed '''wésjes usjéti usjét wêst


'''eat''' Hédes Hédti Hédt Hêdst
'''eat''' Hédes Hédti Hédt Hêdst
Line 4,080: Line 4,846:
'''exchange''' méjtHes méjtHeti méjtHet mêjtHst
'''exchange''' méjtHes méjtHeti méjtHet mêjtHst


'''go''' Héjes Héjti Héjt Hêjst
'''go '''Héjes Héjti Héjt Hêjst


'''grow''' Háles Háleti Hálet Hêlst
'''grow''' Háles Háleti Hálet Hêlst
Line 4,086: Line 4,852:
'''have''' kápes kápti kápt kâpst
'''have''' kápes kápti kápt kâpst


'''hear''' HáwdhHes HáwdhHeti HáwdhHet HêwdhHst
'''hear '''HáwdhHes HáwdhHeti HáwdhHet HêwdhHst


'''be hungry'''
'''be hungry'''  


'''know''' wéjdes wéjdeti wéjdet wêjdst
'''know''' wéjdes wéjdeti wéjdet wêjdst


'''like''' bhréwgjes bhrûgjeti bhrûgjet bhréwgst
'''like '''bhréwgjes bhrûgjeti bhrûgjet bhréwgst


'''make''' dhêkes dhHkjéti dhHkjét dhêkst
'''make '''dhêkes dhHkjéti dhHkjét dhêkst


wérǵes wérǵeti wérǵet wêrǵst
wérǵes wérǵeti wérǵet wêrǵst


'''recognize'''<ref>also &quot;to know how to do something&quot;</ref> ǵnôs ǵn̥nôti ǵn̥nôt ǵnôt
'''recognize'''<sup>'''<ref>also &quot;to know how to do something&quot; </ref>'''</sup>''' '''ǵnôs ǵn̥nôti ǵn̥nôt ǵnôt


'''run''' kérses kr̥séti kr̥sét kêrst (← ''*kḗrs-s-t'')
'''run '''kérses kr̥séti kr̥sét kêrst (← ''*kḗrs-s-t'')


'''say''' séqes séqeti séqet sêqst
'''say''' séqes séqeti séqet sêqst


'''see''' wéles wéleti wélet wêlst
'''see '''wéles wéleti wélet wêlst


'''share''' dhajlés dhájletor dhájleto dhâjlsto
'''share''' dhajlés dhájletor dhájleto dhâjlsto


'''shout''' gâres gâreti gâret gêHrst
'''shout '''gâres gâreti gâret gêHrst


'''show''' déjḱes déjḱti déjḱt dêjḱst
'''show '''déjḱes déjḱti déjḱt dêjḱst


'''sing''' kânes kHnéti kHnét kânst
'''sing''' kânes kHnéti kHnét kânst
Line 4,116: Line 4,882:
'''speak''' wéqes wéqti wéqt wêqst
'''speak''' wéqes wéqti wéqt wêqst


'''stay''' ménes méneti ménet mênst
'''stay '''ménes méneti ménet mênst


'''take''' némes németi német nêmst
'''take '''némes németi német nêmst


'''talk''' tl̥qés tlóqetor tlóqeto têlqsto
'''talk''' tl̥qés tlóqetor tlóqeto têlqsto


'''taste''' ǵéwses ǵéwseti ǵéwset ǵêwst (''← *ǵēws-s-t'')
'''taste '''ǵéwses ǵéwseti ǵéwset ǵêwst (''← *ǵēws-s-t'')


'''think''' ténges tn̥gjéti tn̥gjét têngst
'''think '''ténges tn̥gjéti tn̥gjét têngst


'''try''' sknés skénetor skéneto skênsto
'''try '''sknés skénetor skéneto skênsto


'''turn''' wértes wértti wért wêrtst
'''turn''' wértes wértti wért wêrtst
Line 4,134: Line 4,900:
'''utter''' jékes jékti jékt jêkst
'''utter''' jékes jékti jékt jêkst


'''walk''' câs cHjéti cHjét câst
'''walk '''câs cHjéti cHjét câst


'''want''' wélHes wélHeti wélHet wêlHst
'''want''' wélHes wélHeti wélHet wêlHst


'''wash (oneself)''' léwHjes lūjéti lūjét lêwHst
'''wash (oneself) '''léwHjes lūjéti lūjét lêwHst


'''watch''' spéḱes spéḱti spéḱt spêḱst
'''watch''' spéḱes spéḱti spéḱt spêḱst
Line 4,146: Line 4,912:
'''write''' gérbhes gr̥bhéti gr̥bhét gêrbhst
'''write''' gérbhes gr̥bhéti gr̥bhét gêrbhst


'''be working''' wérǵjes wr̥ǵjéti wr̥ǵjét ⸻
'''be working '''wérǵjes wr̥ǵjéti wr̥ǵjét ⸻




== B.2 Nouns ==
=== B.2 Nouns ===


<u>noun nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.</u>
noun nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.


'''baker ''m.''''' bhōgós bhōgósjo bhōgôs bhōgôm
'''baker ''''''''m.''''' bhōgós bhōgósjo bhōgôs bhōgôm


'''book ''m.''''' gérbhs gr̥bhés gérbhes gr̥bhôm
'''book ''''''''m.''''' gérbhs gr̥bhés gérbhes gr̥bhôm


'''''m.''''' lubhrós lubhrósjo lubhrôs lubhrôm
'''''m.''''' lubhrós lubhrósjo lubhrôs lubhrôm


'''bread ''m.''''' bhôgos bhôgosjo bhôgōs bhôgōm
'''bread ''''''''m.'''''''' '''bhôgos bhôgosjo bhôgōs bhôgōm


<blockquote>dhonâ dhonâs dhonâs dhonâōm
<blockquote>dhonâ dhonâs dhonâs dhonâōm
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
'''brother ''m.''''' bhrâtēr bhrâtr̥s bhrâteres bhrâtrōm
'''brother ''''''''m.'''''''' '''bhrâtēr bhrâtr̥s bhrâteres bhrâtrōm


'''''m.''''' 〃 bhr̥Htrés 〃 bhr̥Htrôm
'''''m.''''' 〃 bhr̥Htrés 〃 bhr̥Htrôm


'''coin ''f.''''' mónētā mónētās mónētās mónētāōm
'''coin ''''''''f.'''''''' '''mónētā mónētās mónētās mónētāōm


'''''m.''''' nómos nómosjo nómōs nómōm
'''''m.''''' nómos nómosjo nómōs nómōm


'''earth ''f.''''' dhéǵhōm (dh)ǵhmés ⸻ ⸻
'''earth ''''''''f.'''''''' '''dhéǵhōm (dh)ǵhmés ⸻ ⸻


'''father ''m.''''' pHtêr pHtrés pHtéres pHtrôm
'''father ''''''''m.''''' pHtêr pHtrés pHtéres pHtrôm


'''fish ''m.''''' péjsks piskés péjskes piskôm
'''fish ''''''''m.''''' péjsks piskés péjskes piskôm


'''friend ''m.''''' dhrowghós dhrowghósjo dhrowghôs dhrowghôm
'''friend ''''''''m.''''' dhrowghós dhrowghósjo dhrowghôs dhrowghôm


'''friend, close ''m.''''' bhílos bhílosjo bhílôs bhílōm
'''friend, close ''''''''m.''''' bhílos bhílosjo bhílôs bhílōm


'''grain ''n.''''' ǵr̥Hnóm ǵr̥Hnósjo ǵr̥Hnâ ǵr̥nôm
'''grain ''''''''n.''''' ǵr̥Hnóm ǵr̥Hnósjo ǵr̥Hnâ ǵr̥nôm


'''house ''f.''''' dôm déms dómes démōm
'''house ''''''''f.''''' dôm déms dómes démōm


'''money ''m.''''' pḱunós pḱunósjo pḱunôs pḱunôm
'''money ''''''''m.''''' pḱunós pḱunósjo pḱunôs pḱunôm


'''mother ''f.''''' mâtēr mâtr̥s mâteres mâtrōm
'''mother ''''''''f.''''' mâtēr mâtr̥s mâteres mâtrōm


'''''f.''''' 〃 m̥Htrés 〃 m̥Htrôm
'''''f.''''' 〃 m̥Htrés 〃 m̥Htrôm


'''nose ''f.''''' nâs n̥Hsés nâses n̥Hsôm
'''nose ''''''''f.''''' nâs n̥Hsés nâses n̥Hsôm


'''person ''m.''''' ǵhmô ǵhm̥nés ǵhmónes ǵhm̥nôm
'''person ''''''''m.'''''''' '''ǵhmô ǵhm̥nés ǵhmónes ǵhm̥nôm


'''salt ''f.''''' sâls sHlés ''sâles sHlôm''
'''salt'''''''' f.'''''''' '''sâls sHlés ''sâles sHlôm''


'''sister ''f.''''' swésōr susrés swésores susrôm
'''sister ''''''''f.''''' swésōr susrés swésores susrôm


'''story (account) ''n.''''' wéjdtōrmn̥ widtōrméns wéjdtōrmō widtōrm̥nés
'''story (account) ''''''''n.'''''''' '''wéjdtōrmn̥ widtōrméns wéjdtōrmō widtōrm̥nés


'''story (tale) ''n.''''' câdhlom câdhlosjo câdhlā câdhlōm
'''story (tale) ''''''''n.'''''''' '''câdhlom câdhlosjo câdhlā câdhlōm




== B.3 Adjectives ==
=== B.3 Adjectives ===


<u>adjective nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.</u>
adjective nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.


'''dark''' dhuskós dhuskósjo dhuskôs dhuskôm
'''dark '''dhuskós dhuskósjo dhuskôs dhuskôm


'''red''' Hrowdhós Hrowdhósjo Hrowdhôs Hrowdhôm
'''red''' Hrowdhós Hrowdhósjo Hrowdhôs Hrowdhôm


Hrudhrós Hrudhrósjo Hrudhrôs Hrudhrôm
Hrudhrós Hrudhrósjo Hrudhrôs Hrudhrôm


'''tall (of people)''' stHrós stHrósjo stHrôs stHrôm
'''tall (of people) '''stHrós stHrósjo stHrôs stHrôm


'''thin''' mHḱrós mHḱrósjo mHḱrôs mHḱrôm
'''thin''' mHḱrós mHḱrósjo mHḱrôs mHḱrôm




= C Common phrases =
== C Common phrases ==
 
 
 
 
== D Full alphabet and alternative scripts ==




= D Full alphabet and alternative scripts =


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| Phone
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Latin'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Greek'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Cyrillic'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Armenian'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Devanagari'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''Phone'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''L'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''G'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''C'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''A'''
!
| style="text-align: left;"| '''D'''
!
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /a/
|
| style="text-align: center;"| a
| Latin
| style="text-align: center;"| α
| Greek
| style="text-align: center;"| а
| Cyrillic
| style="text-align: center;"| ա
| Armenian
| style="text-align: center;"| अ
| Devanagari
| style="text-align: center;"| /kʲ/
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ḱ
| L
| style="text-align: center;"| κ́
| G
| style="text-align: center;"| кь, ќ
| C
| style="text-align: center;"| ծ
| A
| style="text-align: center;"| च
| D
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /a/
| style="text-align: center;"| ā
| a
| style="text-align: center;"| ­ᾱ
| α
| style="text-align: center;"| а̄
| а
| style="text-align: center;"| ա̄
| ա
| style="text-align: center;"| आ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| ǵ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| γ́
| κ́
| style="text-align: center;"| гь, ѓ
| кь, ќ
| style="text-align: center;"| ձ
| ծ
| style="text-align: center;"| ज
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /e/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| e
| ā
| style="text-align: center;"| ε
| ­ᾱ
| style="text-align: center;"| е
| а̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ե
| ա̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ए
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /gʲʰ/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| ǵh
| ǵ
| style="text-align: center;"| χ́
| γ́
| style="text-align: center;"| кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ
| гь, ѓ
| style="text-align: center;"| ց
| ձ
| style="text-align: center;"| छ, झ
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /e/
| style="text-align: center;"| ē
| e
| style="text-align: center;"| η
| ε
| style="text-align: center;"| е̄
| е
| style="text-align: center;"| է
| ե
| style="text-align: center;"| ऐ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| /gʲʰ/
| style="text-align: center;"| q
| ǵh
| style="text-align: center;"| κϝ
| χ́
| style="text-align: center;"| ӄ
| кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ
| style="text-align: center;"| ճ
| ց
| style="text-align: center;"| क्व
| छ, झ
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /i/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| i
| ē
| style="text-align: center;"| ι
| η
| style="text-align: center;"| и
| е̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ի
| է
| style="text-align: center;"| इ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| c
| q
| style="text-align: center;"| γϝ
| κϝ
| style="text-align: center;"| ҕ
| ӄ
| style="text-align: center;"| ջ
| ճ
| style="text-align: center;"| ग्व
| क्व
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /i/
| style="text-align: center;"| ī
| i
| style="text-align: center;"| ῑ
| ι
| style="text-align: center;"| ӣ
| и
| style="text-align: center;"| ի̄
| ի
| style="text-align: center;"| ई
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /gʷʰ/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| ch
| c
| style="text-align: center;"| χϝ
| γϝ
| style="text-align: center;"| ҟ
| ҕ
| style="text-align: center;"| չ
| ջ
| style="text-align: center;"| ख्व, घ्व
| ग्व
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /o/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| o
| ī
| style="text-align: center;"| ο
|
| style="text-align: center;"| о
| ӣ
| style="text-align: center;"| օ
| ի̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ओ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /l/
| /gʷʰ/
| style="text-align: center;"| l
| ch
| style="text-align: center;"| λ
| χϝ
| style="text-align: center;"| л
| ҟ
| style="text-align: center;"| լ
| չ
| style="text-align: center;"| ल
| ख्व, घ्व
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /o/
| style="text-align: center;"| ō
| o
| style="text-align: center;"| ω
| ο
| style="text-align: center;"| о̄, ѡ
| о
| style="text-align: center;"| ո
| օ
| style="text-align: center;"| औ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| /l/
| style="text-align: center;"| l̥
| l
| style="text-align: center;"| λ̱
| λ
| style="text-align: center;"| лъ
| л
| style="text-align: center;"| լ̄
| լ
| style="text-align: center;"| ऌ, ॡ
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /u/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| u
| ō
| style="text-align: center;"| ου
| ω
| style="text-align: center;"| у
| о̄, ѡ
| style="text-align: center;"| ու
| ո
| style="text-align: center;"| उ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /m/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| m
|
| style="text-align: center;"| μ
| λ̱
| style="text-align: center;"| м
| лъ
| style="text-align: center;"| մ
| լ̄
| style="text-align: center;"| म
| ऌ, ॡ
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /u/
| style="text-align: center;"| ū
| u
| style="text-align: center;"| οῡ
| ου
| style="text-align: center;"| ӯ
| у
| style="text-align: center;"| ու̄
| ու
| style="text-align: center;"| ऊ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| /m/
| style="text-align: center;"| m̥
| m
| style="text-align: center;"| μ̄
| μ
| style="text-align: center;"| мъ
| м
| style="text-align: center;"| մ̱
| մ
| style="text-align: center;"| मं
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /ə/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| ǝ, y
| ū
| style="text-align: center;"| ə, υ
| οῡ
| style="text-align: center;"| ә, ы
| ӯ
| style="text-align: center;"| ը
| ու̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ः
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /n/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| n
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ν
| μ̄
| style="text-align: center;"| н
| мъ
| style="text-align: center;"| ն
| մ̱
| style="text-align: center;"| न
| मं
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /p/
| /ə/
| style="text-align: center;"| p
| ǝ, y
| style="text-align: center;"| π
| ə, υ
| style="text-align: center;"| п
| ә, ы
| style="text-align: center;"| պ
| ը
| style="text-align: center;"| प
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| /n/
| style="text-align: center;"| n̥
| n
| style="text-align: center;"| ν̄
| ν
| style="text-align: center;"| нъ
| н
| style="text-align: center;"| ն̱
| ն
| style="text-align: center;"| नं
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /b/
| /p/
| style="text-align: center;"| b
| p
| style="text-align: center;"| β
| π
| style="text-align: center;"| б
| п
| style="text-align: center;"| բ
| պ
| style="text-align: center;"| ब
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /r/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| r
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ρ
| ν̄
| style="text-align: center;"| р
| нъ
| style="text-align: center;"| ռ
| ն̱
| style="text-align: center;"| र
| नं
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /b/
| style="text-align: center;"| bh
| b
| style="text-align: center;"| φ
| β
| style="text-align: center;"| пһ, бһ
| б
| style="text-align: center;"| փ
| բ
| style="text-align: center;"| फ, भ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| //
| /r/
| style="text-align: center;"| r̥
| r
| style="text-align: center;"| ρ̄
| ρ
| style="text-align: center;"| ръ
| р
| style="text-align: center;"| յ̄
| ռ
| style="text-align: center;"| ऋ, ॠ
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /k/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| k
| bh
| style="text-align: center;"| κ
| φ
| style="text-align: center;"| к
| пһ, бһ
| style="text-align: center;"| կ
| փ
| style="text-align: center;"| क
| फ, भ
| style="text-align: center;"| /j/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| j
|
| style="text-align: center;"| ϳ
| ρ̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ј, й
| ръ
| style="text-align: center;"| յ
| յ̄
| style="text-align: center;"| य
| ऋ, ॠ
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /g/
| /k/
| style="text-align: center;"| g
| k
| style="text-align: center;"| γ
| κ
| style="text-align: center;"| г
| к
| style="text-align: center;"| գ
| կ
| style="text-align: center;"| ग
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /s/
| /j/
| style="text-align: center;"| s
| j
| style="text-align: center;"| σς
| ϳ
| style="text-align: center;"| с
| ј, й
| style="text-align: center;"| ս
| յ
| style="text-align: center;"| स
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| //
| /g/
| style="text-align: center;"| gh
| g
| style="text-align: center;"| χ
| γ
| style="text-align: center;"| кһ, гһ
| г
| style="text-align: center;"| ք
| գ
| style="text-align: center;"| ख, घ
|
| style="text-align: center;"| /w/
| /s/
| style="text-align: center;"| w
| s
| style="text-align: center;"| ϝ̄
| σς
| style="text-align: center;"| ԝ, ў
| с
| style="text-align: center;"| վ
| ս
| style="text-align: center;"| व
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /t/
| //
| style="text-align: center;"| t
| gh
| style="text-align: center;"| τ
| χ
| style="text-align: center;"| т
| кһ, гһ
| style="text-align: center;"| տ
| ք
| style="text-align: center;"| त
| ख, घ
| style="text-align: center;"| /H/
| /w/
| style="text-align: center;"| H
| w
| style="text-align: center;"| ͱ
| ϝ̄
| style="text-align: center;"| ꚕ
| ԝ, ў
| style="text-align: center;"| հ
| վ
| style="text-align: center;"| ह
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /d/
| /t/
| style="text-align: center;"| d
| t
| style="text-align: center;"| δ
| τ
| style="text-align: center;"| д
| т
| style="text-align: center;"| դ
| տ
| style="text-align: center;"| द
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
| /H/
| style="text-align: center;"|
| H
| style="text-align: center;"|
| ͱ
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
| հ
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|-
|-
| style="text-align: left;"| /dʰ/
| /d/
| style="text-align: center;"| dh
| d
| style="text-align: center;"| θ
| δ
| style="text-align: center;"| тһ, дһ, ԁ
| д
| style="text-align: center;"| թ
| դ
| style="text-align: center;"| थ, ध
| द
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
| style="text-align: center;"|
|
|-
| /dʰ/
| dh
| θ
| тһ, дһ, ԁ
| թ
| थ, ध
|
|
|
|
|
|
|}
|}


<references />
<references />

Latest revision as of 00:50, 13 October 2024

Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
sâ jéktis
SAvIE banner.png
Banner of the Standard Average Indo-European language
Pronunciation[saː ˈjɛktis]
Created bytradespin
Date10th June, 2024
Indo-European
  • Proto-Indo-European
    • Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
Language codes
CLCRqie
This article contains IPA phonetic symbols. Without proper rendering support, you may see question marks, boxes, or other symbols instead of Unicode characters. For an introductory guide on IPA symbols, see Help:IPA.

0 Introduction

sl̥Hwêje! ghr̥jé! némostoj! sr̥wós! priwójtos! sqéjttis! kl̥Hâjō! jánu! and finally, hello!


Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.


The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.


Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.


The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.


I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the Celtic Tearooms and IE Conlangs Discord servers.


Hsubhrūgéte! Enjoy!


1 Phonology

1.1 Consonants

1.1.1 *m, *n

These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].

⟨n⟩ before velar consonants can be pronounced as [ŋ].

Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨m̥⟩ and ⟨n̥⟩ or ⟨ṃ⟩ and ⟨ṇ⟩.


1.1.2 *r, *l

⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].

⟨l⟩ is pronounced as [l].

Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨l̥⟩ and ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ḷ⟩ and ⟨ṛ⟩. When ⟨r⟩ appears as the syllabic resonant ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ṛ⟩, it should avoid being pronounced as [ɾ], and a sonorant sound should be used instead.


1.1.3 *s

This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as nizdós "nest" for nisdós''' or sízdō "I am sitting" for sísdō. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].

The s-mobile is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word Stégos "roof", and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.


1.1.4 *j, *w

These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].


1.1.5 Dorsals

The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.


1.1.5.1 *k, *g, *gʰ

These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ [gʰ]. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.


1.1.5.2 *ḱ, *ǵ, *ǵʰ

These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.


1.1.5.3 *kʷ, *gʷ, *gʷʰ

These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [kʷ], ⟨c⟩ [gʷ], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.


1.1.6 *t, *d, *dʰ

These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [dʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.



1.1.7 *p, *b, *bʰ

These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.


1.1.8 *h₁, *h₂, *h₃

Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. /*eh₁/ becomes [eː], /*eh₂/ becomes [aː], and /*eh₃/ becomes [oː]. Similarly, /*h₁e/ becomes [e], /*h₂e/ becomes [a], and /*h₃e/ becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.

When any laryngeal begins a word before another consonant, it can become [a] or [ə]. Any laryngeal between consonants can also become [a ~ ə].

An alternative and fanciful pronunciation collapses all three laryngeals into one to allow them to be pronounced, as in Anatolian and Persian languages, in addition to being deleted entirely. This can be written as ⟨H⟩ and pronounced [h], [ħ], or similar. This pronunciation must shorten long vowels.

For the laryngeal which does not colour a vowel, it can also be pronounced as a syllabic consonant, and be written as ⟨H⟩ as expected, or as ⟨H̥⟩ or ⟨Ḥ⟩ to make it absolutely clear that it is a syllabic consonant.


1.1.9 *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ

*h₄ and *hₐ are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as *h₂, including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.

*H, also notated *hₓ, indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were /*h₁/. /*eH/ gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while /*oH/ and /*uH/ also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. /*He/ does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.


1.1.10 Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries

Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root céjHₒ- (from *gʷeyh₃-) and its thematic suffix -eti, the original -h₃-e- crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being céjHoti “he/she/it lives”.


1.1.11 Alteration of aspirated stops

The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.

Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos].

Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.


1.2 Vowels

1.2.1 *e, *ē, *o, *ō

The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.

There is no real restriction on how they should be pronounced, but my personal preference is ⟨e⟩ as [ɛ], ⟨ē⟩ as [eː], ⟨o⟩ as [ɔ], and ⟨ō⟩ as [oː].


1.2.2 *a, *ā

These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.


1.2.3 *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩

Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.


1.2.4 [ə]

A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.

If somebody wants to write the pronounced schwa explicitly, they should use the letters ⟨y⟩, ⟨ə⟩, or the symbol ⟨°⟩, giving ⟨wylqós⟩, ⟨wəlqós⟩, or ⟨w°lqós⟩.


1.3 Stress

SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.

Long vowels, indicated with a macron, are instead written with a circumflex ⟨â ê î ô û⟩ when stressed.

In addition, SAvIE has rules relating to the stress of compounds. These can be either close or loose. Close compounds are written as one word, using a stem form of one word and a full form of another. Loose compounds are written as two separate words with the first word in the genitive case without displaying declension, and the second word being fully declinable.

In close compounds, often the first element is stressed, but the second may receive stress in some words, and receives the only stress in the word. In loose compounds, the second element is stressed, and the first can optionally be written without stress marking. Often, words can be written as either type of compound, but they usually appear as only one; for example, ghóstipotis “lord” is a close compound, and can be written, following the correct conventions of stress, as a loose compound ghostejs pótis, specifically avoiding stress marking on the first element.

Optionally, rather than refraining from marking stress entirely, a grave accent ⟨ ̀⟩ can be used on the first word to indicate secondary stress, such as ghostèjs pótis.


2 Major features of SAE

2.1 Definite and indefinite articles

The definite article is so. The indefinite article is Hójwos, a variant of Hójnos "one" (from *h₁óynos).



2.2 Relative clauses with relative pronouns

The pronoun jos can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.



2.3 "Have"-perfect

SAvIE can use the word kápes, a derivative of *kap- "to seize, hold" (which gives Latin capiō and English have), to form a perfect tense with the participle -tós/-tâ/-tóm of a verb.



2.4 Nominative experiencers

Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word bhrūgéti to enjoy, to like (from *bʰruHg-e-ti) with a semantic patient.


2.5 Participial passive

Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb Hésti "to be" and a passive participle ending in -(o)mHnos/-(o)mHnā/-(o)mHnom.


2.6 Anticausative prominence

Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd "I broke it", but íd bhrêgst "it broke". Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving íd bhrêgst s(w)é or íd s(w)é bhrêgst.


2.7 Dative external possessors

The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu "she washes her son's knee", though literally "she washes to her son the knee".


2.8 Negative pronouns and lack of negation

In phrasing e.g. "nobody comes", English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving neqís cémt "nobody came".


2.9 Particles in comparative constructions

Either of the particles Hapó or Hánti should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé "he is bigger than me".


2.10 Relative-based equative constructions

The adjective sokós/sokâ/tokóm is used for "as" or "such" (giving sokós méǵHs "so large"). The comparative element is introduced with ḱom "with" with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥ "he is as large as her".


2.11 Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers

This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both Hésmi and éǵH Hésmi are equivalent terms for "I am".


2.12 Intensifier-reflexive differentiation

SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives somHós//-óm or sélbhos//-óm, and the true reflexive particle s(w)é; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.


3 Further SAE-aligned features

The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.


3.1 Verb fronting in polar interrogatives

SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so éǵH Hésmi can become Hésmi éǵH?


3.2 Comparative marking of adjectives

As seen above in the comparative adjective māyóteros//-om, the suffix -teros//-om is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.


3.3 Comitative-instrumental syncretism

In this feature there is no difference between "with" in the comitative ("in the company of") sense, and in the instrumental ("using, by means of") sense. Both of the words me and ḱóm can be used to mean "with" in either sense.


4 Nominals

This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.

They are declined in two numbers, the singular and plural; six cases, the nominative, vocative, accusative, genitive, dative, and locative; and in one of three genders, masculine, feminine, or neuter.


4.1 Personal pronouns

These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.

1st singular éǵ

eǵóm

éǵō

méne

mój

méǵhjo mój (H)mós

/-â

/-óm

2nd singular twé téwe

tój

tébhi

tébhjo

tój twós

/-â

/-óm

3rd singular

masculine

ís

éj

ím ésjo

Héso

ésmej

Hésmōj

(H)ésmi (

swós

/-â

/-óm

)

3rd singular neuter íd
3rd singular feminine î îm̥ ésjās


(H)ésjāi (H)ésjā(i)
1st plural wéj n̥smé nos n̥sméj

n̥s

n̥smi n̥sós

/-â

/-óm

2nd plural usmé

wôs

wos usméj usmi usós

/-â

/-óm

3rd plural masculine éjes íns éjsom

éjsōm

Hésom

(H)éjmos

éjbhos

(H)éjsu
3rd plural neuter î
3rd plural feminine îes îm̥s

în̥s

îsōm

éjsom

Hésom

îmos

(H)éjmos

éjbhos

îsu

(H)éjsu


In addition to the above possessive adjectives mós, tós, etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including (H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om (as in Proto-Germanic *mīnaz), mójos ~ -ā ~ -om (as Proto-Slavic *mojь), and méjos ~ -ā ~ -om (assuming potentially that the Latin form meus represents the dative méj with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include méwos ~ -ā ~ -om, formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive (H)méne.


4.2 Personal correlative and relative

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. qís qím qés(j)o qésmej qésmi
fem. sg. qís

neut. sg. qíd
masc. pl. qéjes qíms qéjsom qéjmos

qéjbhos

qéjsu
fem. pl.
neut. pl.


The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in qís cémt? "Who came?"

In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō "I have an apple which I like".

The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.


4.3 Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. tóm tósjo tósmej tósmi
neut. sg. tód
fem. sg. tâm tósjās tósjāj tósjā
masc. pl. tój tóms tójsōm tójmos

tójbhos

tójsu
neut. pl.
fem. pl. tâs tâm̥s tâsōm tâmos

tâbhos

tâsu


The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form ḱíd is used instead: ḱíd Hésti Hwésu "this is good", and só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus "this man is good". can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as "the man is good".


4.4 Distal pronoun and determiner

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. Hénos

Hónos

Hnós

Hénom Hénosjo Hénosmej Hénosmi
neut. sg. Hénod
fem. sg. Hénā Hénām Hénosjās Hénosjāej Hénosjā
masc. pl. Hénoj Hénoms Hénojsōm Hénojmos

/-bhos

Hénojsu
neut. pl. Hénā
fem. pl. Hénās Hénām̥s Hénāsōm Hénāmos

/-bhos

Hénāsu


There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.

As with so, Hénos is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being ḱênos: ḱênod Hésti Hwésu "that is good", and Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus "that man is good".


4.5 Nouns and noun declension

Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.

The pattern which is seen in many noun declensions is given below.

Athematic Masculine sg. Neuter sg. Masculine pl. Neuter pl.
Nominative -s ~ -∅ -∅ -es *-h₂
Vocative -∅
Accusative -m̥ -m̥s
Genitive -s ~ -(e/o)s -ōm
Dative -ej -bhos

-mos

Locative -i, -∅ -su


Thematic Masculine sg. Neuter sg. Masculine pl. Neuter pl.
Nominative -os -om -ōs
Vocative -e
Accusative -om -oms
Genitive -osjo

[1]

-ōm
Dative -ōj (← -oej) -o(j)bhos

-o(j)mos

Locative -oj ~ -ej -ojsu


This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:


Thematic -ā type -ī type
Feminine sg. Feminine pl. Feminine sg. Feminine pl.
Nominative -ās (← -āes) (é)-ī (é)-īs (← -īes)
Vocative
Accusative -ām -ām̥s (é)-īm̥ (é)-īm̥s
Genitive -ās -āōm (∅)-jâs (∅)-jâōm
Dative -āj (← -āej) -ābhos

-āmos

(∅)-jâj (← -jâej) (∅)-jâbhos

(∅)-jâmos

Locative -ā(i) -āsu (∅)-jâ(i) (∅)-jâsu


ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.


Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.


4.5.1 -mn̥, -mō, -mên

These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. -mn̥ creates neuter result nouns, while -mō and -mên create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between -mō and -mên; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.


-mn̥ -mō -mên
Nominative sg. (é)-mn̥ (é)-mō (∅)-mên
Genitive sg. (∅)-méns (∅)-m̥nés
Nominative pl. (é)-mō (é)-mones (∅)-ménes
Genitive pl. (∅)-m̥nés (∅)-m̥nôm



4.5.2 -tōr, -têr, -trī

These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.


-tōr -têr -trī
Nominative sg. (é)-tōr (∅)-têr (é)-trī
Genitive sg. (∅)-trés (∅)-tr̥jâs
Nominative pl. (é)-tores (∅)-téres (é)-trīs
Genitive pl. (∅)-trôm (∅)-tr̥jâōm



4.5.3 -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom

This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with -r- and forms with -l-; however, the forms beginning -dh- are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and -t- is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for -trom is given below.


-trom
Nominative sg. (é)-trom
Genitive sg. (é)-trosyo

(é)-trī

Nominative pl. (é)-trā
Genitive pl. (é)-trōm



4.5.4 -ō, -Hₒō

These are called nasal suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. creates masculine participant nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as skérō "meat" from *(s)kér- "to cut", with the resulting meaning being "something cut". A derivative of those, -Honos / -ā / -om, is used to create augmentative nouns.

-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like pl̥tHús "wide, broad" becoming Pĺ̥tHō "Plato", originally meaning "wide/broad one". It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European *-h₃en(h₂)-, and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).


ō masculine Hₒō masculine Hₒō neuter Hₒō feminine
-Hₒō -Hₒon -Hₒónī
Nominative sg. (é)-ō ( ́)-Hō ( ́)-Hon (∅)-Hónī
Genitive sg. (∅)-nés (∅)-Hnés (∅)-Honjâs
Nominative pl. (é)-ones ( ́)-Hones ( ́)-Hō (∅)-Hónīs
Genitive pl. (∅)-nôm (∅)-Hnôm (∅)-Hn̥jâōm



4.5.5 -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥

These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending -r̥, which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.


-r̥
Nominative sg. (ó)-r̥
Genitive sg. (é)-n̥s
Nominative pl. (ó)-r̥H
Genitive pl. (é)-nōm
Nominative coll. (é)-ōr
Genitive coll. (∅)-nés


This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, tâ wédōr means “the collective of all waters”, whereas tâ wódr̥H means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.


4.5.6 -tus

This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.


-tus
Nominative sg. (é)-tus
Genitive sg. (∅)-téws
Nominative pl. (é)-tewes
Genitive pl. (∅)-téwōm



4.5.7 -is, -tis

-is produces common gender nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including (é)-is or (ó)-is. It also has the neuter form -i. -tis produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.


-is -tis
Nominative sg. -is, -i (é)-tis
Genitive sg. -ejs (∅)-téjs
Nominative pl. -ejes, -ejH (é)-tejes
Genitive pl. -ejōm (∅)-téjōm


4.5.8 Agentive and resultative -os

Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as tomHós "cutter, slicer", from the verb tm̥nês (← tm̥-né-h₁-es) "to slice, to section, to cut up". When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, tómHos "a cut, a slice". Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving tomHósjo "of a/the cutter" and tómHosjo "of a/the slice").


4.5.9 -snā

The ending -snā is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting tétḱes "to create, produce" into tétḱsnā "art, craft".


-snā
Nominative sg. (é)-snā
Genitive sg. (é)-snās
Nominative pl. (é)-snās
Genitive pl. (é)-snāōm


4.5.10 -sōr

-sōr is similar to -trī in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.


-sōr
Nominative sg. (é)-sōr
Genitive sg. (∅)-srés
Nominative pl. (é)-sores
Genitive pl. (∅)-srôm


4.5.11 -(n)â

The pattern (o)-â creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic ā-type is expected to. This can also appear as (∅)-â, with the exact same meaning.

A slight extension of this is the pattern (o)-nâ also creating a deverbal abstract noun.


4.5.12 -iā

This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.


4.5.A Combination of suffixes

Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where -tis could be combined with -Hō to give -tīō, giving Latin -tiō and Proto-Celtic -tiyū; -tīō for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.


4.6 Adjectives

Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic (méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés, méǵHī ~ méǵHīs, méǵH ~ méǵH "great, large") or thematic (néwos ~ néwes, néwā ~ néwās, néwom ~ néwā "new") paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.

Other adjectival formations are as follows.



4.6.1 Caland system: -onts, -us

The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
-onts

Nominative

(é)-onts (é)-ont (∅)-éntī (é)-ontes (é)-ontH (∅)-éntīs
-onts

Genitive

(∅)-n̥tés (∅)-n̥tjâs (∅)-n̥tôm (∅)-n̥tjâōm
-us

Nominative

(é)-us (é)-u (∅)-éwī (é)-ewes (é)-ū (∅)-éwīs
-us

Genitive

(∅)-éws (∅)-ujâs (∅)-éwōm (∅)-ujâōm


Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in 4.5.


4.6.2 Bahuvrihis: -ēs

A bahuvrihi is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is *-es-s, due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.

The gendered forms are combined, giving a common-gender form.


Cmn. sg. Neut. sg. Cmn. pl. Neut. pl.
Nominative (é)-ēs (é)-es (é)-eses (é)-ēs
Genitive (é)-esos (é)-esōm



4.6.3 Pertinence to a quality: -wénts

-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like Hn̥twént "limited".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-wénts (∅)-wént (∅)-wéntī (∅)-wéntes (∅)-wéntH (∅)-wéntīs
Genitive (∅)-wn̥tés (∅)-wn̥tjâs (∅)-wn̥tôm (∅)-wn̥tjâōm



4.6.4 Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos

These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-iskós (∅)-iskóm (∅)-iskâ (∅)-iskôs (∅)-iskâ (∅)-iskâs
Genitive (∅)-iskósjo (∅)-iskâs (∅)-iskôm (∅)-iskâōm


-ānós conjugates as -nós does, in 4.6.7.


4.6.5 Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos

The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-ātós (∅)-ātóm (∅)-ātâ (∅)-ātôs (∅)-ātâ (∅)-ātâs
Genitive (∅)-ātósjo (∅)-ātâs (∅)-ātôm (∅)-ātâōm


Any zero-grade adjective extended with -ā- or -ī- are declined identically.


4.6.6 Material or consistency: -īnós

-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative -īnós -īnóm -īnâ -īnôs -īnâ -īnâs
Genitive -īnósjo -īnâs -īnôm -īnâōm



4.6.7 Zero-grade adjectives

All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-Cós (∅)-Cóm (∅)-Câ (∅)-Côs (∅)-Câ (∅)-Câs
Genitive (∅)-Cósjo (∅)-Câs (∅)-Côm (∅)-Câōm


  • (∅)-kós of or pertaining to something

  • (∅)-lós diminutive adjective or noun

  • (∅)-nós capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)

  • (∅)-rós basic adjectives in the Caland system

  • (∅)-tós past participles

  • (∅)-wós basic adjectives from verbs

  • (∅)-jós (athematic) basic adjectives from nouns

    • this appears as (é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo if the noun is thematic


4.6.8 Contrastive adjective

The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of "something which is X rather than anything else".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (é)-teros (é)-terom (é)-terā (é)-terōs (é)-terā (é)-terās
Genitive (é)-terosjo (é)-terās (é)-terōm (é)-terāōm


4.6.9 Elative adjective

The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning "very X".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (é)-jōs (é)-jos (∅)-jésī (é)-joses (é)-jōs (∅)-jésīs
Genitive (∅)-isés (∅)-isjā́s (∅)-isôm (∅)-isjâōm


4.6.10 Verbal participles

These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.


4.6.10.1 Present participle

The present participle uses the form (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés in thematic verbs, as does the -onts form in the Caland system above, and (∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English "-ing". It is used with Héses in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as Hésmi Hdónts "I am eating".


4.6.10.2 Past participle

The past participle uses the form (∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo. As a verbal adjective it essentially means "X-ed". Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with kápes "to have, get" in the perfect-tense construction, such as kápmi Hdtóm "I have eaten".


4.6.10.3 Passive participle

Unlike -tós, which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which "has been X-ed". Its form is (é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo in thematic verbs, an (∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo in athematic verbs. It is also used with Héses to construct passive verb forms, such as Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós "I am eaten, I have been eaten".


4.6.10.4 Stative-type past participle

This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine (é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos, feminine (é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs, neuter (é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos.


4.6.10.5 Perfect participle

Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the "have" verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of kápes and a past participle of another verb, such as kapónts wl̥tóm "having seen".


4.7 Adjective comparison

Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning "more X", while the superlative produces "the most X".


4.7.1 Comparative adjective

The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive -teros or elative -yōs ending. The comparative element translating to "than" is expressed with Hánti "against", and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo "he is taller than me".



4.7.2 Superlative adjective

The superlative degree expresses "the most X". As such, it is always used with the article .

For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: (∅)-otm̥mós or (∅)-istós. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-otm̥mós (∅)-otm̥móm (∅)-otm̥mâ (∅)-otm̥môs (∅)-otm̥mâ (∅)-otm̥mâs
Genitive (∅)-otm̥mósjo (∅)-otm̥mâs (∅)-otm̥môm (∅)-otm̥mâōm
Nominative (∅)-istós (∅)-istóm (∅)-istâ (∅)-istôs (∅)-istâ (∅)-istâs
Genitive (∅)-istósjo (∅)-istâs (∅)-istôm (∅)-istâōm


Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.


4.7.3 Absolute superlative adjective

The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving (∅)-istm̥mós. It declines exactly as -otm̥mós does.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-istm̥mós (∅)-istm̥móm (∅)-istm̥mâ (∅)-istm̥môs (∅)-istm̥mâ (∅)-istm̥mâs
Genitive (∅)-istm̥mósjo (∅)-istm̥mâs (∅)-istm̥môm (∅)-istm̥mâōm



5 Verbs

SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the "have"-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.

SAvIE verbs are divided into two kinds: conjugated and periphrastic. Conjugated forms are ones to which a suffix is attached to form a directly usable tense. Periphrastic forms involve a conjugated form of one of a limited selection of verbs, along with a particle. Particles themselves are one of four non-finite forms which indicate tense and aspect.


5.1 Non-finite forms, and infinitive

It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in 4.6.8. Two forms not described there are the infinitive, which is used simply to name the verb, the supine, used only in special verb constructions, and the purportative, used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.

The infinitive takes the form (é)-es, and is a shortened locative form of the purportative (é)-os and (é)-esos, which creates result or action nouns. This makes it cognate with the Ancient Greek (-ειν) and Latin (-ere) infinitives.

For deponents, the infinitive is formed with (∅)-és, and the purportatives (é)-osm̥ and (∅)-sés.

The supine takes the form (∅)-ént, also a locative form, of the present participle -onts. For deponents, it is (∅)-tój. It is used in combination with verbs of motion in order to indicate purpose, such as ís cémt Had wl̥ént mé "he came to see me".


5.2 Conjugated forms

Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the nonpast (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the imperfect (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the aorist (or preterite, or simple past), and the habitual (which is technically tenseless).

All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the primary and secondary. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either thematic or athematic.


Primary Secondary
Thematic Athematic Thematic Athematic
1st person singular -mi -om -m̥
2nd person singular -esi -si -es -s
3rd person singular -eti -ti -et -t
1st person plural -omos -mós -ome -mé
2nd person plural -ete -té -ete -té
3rd person plural -onti -énti -ont -ént


Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.


5.2.1 Nonpast

The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.

The first model is of bhéres "to bear, carry". It is a root thematic verb.


Thematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō bhérō I bear
2nd person singular (é)-esi bhéresi you bear
3rd person singular (é)-eti bhéreti he/she/it bears
1st person plural (é)-omos bhéromos we bear
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete you (pl.) bear
3rd person plural (é)-onti bhéronti they bear


This model is Hédes "to eat". It is a root athematic verb.


Athematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-mi Hédmi I eat
2nd person singular (é)-si Hédsi you eat
3rd person singular (é)-ti Hédti he/she/it eats
1st person plural (∅)-mós Hdmós''' we eat
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté you (pl.) eat
3rd person plural (∅)-énti Hdénti they eat


Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form bhérō can mean both "I bear" and "I will bear", though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.


5.2.2 Imperfect

The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.


Thematic imperfect verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-om bhérom I was bearing
2nd person singular (é)-es bhéres you were bearing
3rd person singular (é)-et bhéret he/she/it was bearing
1st person plural (é)-ome bhérome we were bearing
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete you (pl.) were bearing
3rd person plural (é)-onti bhéronti they were bearing



Athematic imperfect verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-m̥ Hédm̥ I was eating
2nd person singular (é)-s Héds you were eating
3rd person singular (é)-t Hédt he/she/it was eating
1st person plural (∅)-mé Hdmé we were eating
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté you (pl.) were eating
3rd person plural (∅)-énti Hdénti they were eating


The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.


5.2.3 Aorist

The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The derived aorist is given for root present verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.


Aorist verb Model Example
1st person singular (ê)-sm̥ bhêrsm̥ I bore

Hêdsm̥ I ate

2nd person singular (ê)-s bhêrs you bore

Hêds you ate

3rd person singular (ê)-st bhêrst he/she/it bore

Hêdst he/she/it ate

1st person plural (é)-sme bhérsme we bore

Hédsme we ate

2nd person plural (é)-ste bhérste you (pl.) bore

Hédste you (pl.) ate

3rd person plural (é)-sn̥t bhérsn̥t they bore

Hédsn̥t they ate


The second formation is the root aorist, given for derived verbs that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for léjqes "to leave" has the (derived) present linéqti, (derived) imperfect linéqt, and root aorist léjqt.



5.2.4 Habitual

The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.


Dynamic habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (∅)-óm Hdóm I used to eat
2nd person singular (∅)-és Hdés you used to eat
3rd person singular (∅)-ét Hdét he/she/it used to eat
1st person plural (∅)-óme Hdóme we used to eat
2nd person plural (∅)-éte Hdéte you used to eat
3rd person plural (∅)-ónt Hdónt they used to eat


5.2.5 Stative-type present

For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on -wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos.


Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (ó)-Ha móghHa I can
2nd person singular (ó)-tHa móghtHa you can
3rd person singular (ó)-e móghe he/she/it knows
1st person plural (∅)-mé m̥ghmé we can
2nd person plural (∅)-é m̥ghé you (pl.) know
3rd person plural (∅)-êr m̥ghêr they know



5.2.6 Deponent

A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.


Deponent verbs Nonpast Imperfect Aorist Habitual
1st person singular athematic(∅)-Hár

thematic(é)-ōr

(∅)-Há

(é)-ōa

(é)-sHa (∅)-ôr
2nd person singular (∅)-tHár

(é)-etHar

(∅)-tHá

(é)-etHa

(é)-stHa (∅)-étHar
3rd person singular (∅)-(t)ór

(é)-etor

(∅)-(t)ó

(é)-eto

(é)-s(t)o (∅)-étor
1st person plural (∅)-mósdhH

(é)-omosdhH

(∅)-médhH

(é)-omedhH

(é)-smedhH (∅)-ómosdhH
2nd person plural (∅)-dhHwé

(é)-edhHwe

(∅)-dhHwé

(é)-edhHwe

(é)-sdhHwe (∅)-édhHwe
3rd person plural (∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór

(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor

(∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó

(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento

(é)-sro ~ -sn̥to (∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor



5.2.7 Imperative

The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.


Thematic imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-e bhére bear!
3rd person singular (é)-etu bhéretu let him/her/it bear!
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete bear (pl.)!
3rd person plural (é)-ontu bhérontu let them bear!


Athematic imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-∅

(∅)-dhí

Héd

Hddhí eat!

3rd person singular (é)-tu Hédtu let him/her/it eat!
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté eat (pl.)!
3rd person plural (∅)-éntu Hdéntu let them eat!


Stative-type imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (e)-(ó)-∅

(e)-(∅)-dhí

memón remember!

memn̥dhí remember!

3rd person singular (e)-(ó)-tu memóntu let him/her/it remember!
2nd person plural (e)-(∅)-té memn̥té remember (pl.)!
3rd person plural (e)-(∅)-éntu memnéntu let them remember!



Deponent imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-o wéso! wear (it)!
3rd person singular (é)-(e)to wésto! let him/her/it wear!
2nd person plural (é)-(e)dh(H)we wésdh(H)we! wear (pl.) (it)!
3rd person plural (é)-(o)nto wésn̥to! let them wear!



5.2.8 Special formation types

Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, primary indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes -ê-, -ā-, etc.); secondary indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; tertiary indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.


5.2.8.1 Nasal infix (secondary)

There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the nasal infix -né-  ~ -n- on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains -né- in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.


5.2.8.2 sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary)

The infix -sḱ- attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.


5.2.8.3 -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary)

Some verbs can be formed with (é)-jeti or (∅)-jéti. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.


5.2.8.4 -néw- infix verbs (tertiary)

As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with -néw-. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to -nu- when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.


5.2.8.5 Causative formations (primary)

The verb form (o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti forms causative verbs, such as Hédmi "to eat" becoming Hodéjeti "to feed". This forms verbs meaning "to cause to do X". This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.


5.2.8.6 Desiderative formations (primary)

The affix -sj- is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative "want to X" verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as Hdsjéti "to want to eat, to be hungry".


5.2.8.7 Adjectival stative formations (primary)

The suffix (∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti (athematic) or (∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti (thematic) form stative "to be X" verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as Hrudhêti "to be red". These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative "to be X" to a dynamic "to go X, to become X". In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.


5.2.8.8 Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary)

Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with (í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti; they have a reduplicated element with -i- as the vowel which retains the stress, such as sísdeti "to sit". These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.


5.2.8.9 Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary)

Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with (í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti, such as stístāti "to stand up". These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.


5.2.8.10 Zero-grade thematic formation (primary)

The so-called tudati type verb forms all tenses from (∅)-éti ~ (∅)-ónti, in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.


5.2.8.11 Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary)

The factitive verb form (é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti creates verbs that imply "to make X", such as néwāti "to renew, to make new".


5.2.8.12 Denominative verbs (primary)

Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in 5.2.7.3, the verb forms (∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti and (∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.


5.2.8.13 Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary)

These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix -ājéti ~ -ājónti, and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.


5.2.8.14 -dhHéti resultative formation (primary)

The resultative formation (é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.


5.3 Periphrastic forms

These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.


5.3.1 Explicit future tense

Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb Héjes "to go", with the supine form, such as éǵ Héjmi Hdént "I am going to eat, I will eat".


5.3.2 Perfect tense

The perfect tense is handled by the verb kápes, which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of "have X-ed". The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as éǵ kápmi Hdtóm "I have eaten".

If there is no direct object, the neuter form -tóm of the participle should be used. However, if there is a direct object, the past participle should match the gender of the object, such as íd kápti Hdtâ îm̥ "it has eaten her".


5.3.3 Pluperfect tense

The pluperfect "had X-ed" can be formed by changing the conjugated from of kápes from the nonpast to the aorist, such as éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm "I had eaten". The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.


5.3.4 Future perfect tense

Instead of using kápes, the future formation of Héjes must be used with the supine form kapént and a past participle, such as éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm "I will have eaten". Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.


5.3.5 Continuous tenses

A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.

Continuous tenses can be formed with the nonpast and imperfect conjugations of Héses along with a present participle, such as Hésmi Hdónts "I am eating", or Hésm̥ Hdónts "I was eating".

In addition, the future tense can form a continuous: Héjmi Hsént Hdónts "I will be eating", and Héjmi kapént Hstóm Hdónts "I will have been eating".


5.3.6 Imperfective anterior

This construction translates as "was going to X". It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of Héses, with the present participle of Héjes and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént "I was going to eat". The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént, qomóḱs ís cémt "I was going to eat when he came".



5.3.7 Passive forms

SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of Héses with the passive participle, such as bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós "I was eaten".

Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt "I was going to be eaten when he came".


5.4 Subjunctive

The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.


5.4.1 Nonpast subjunctive

The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with gaining -H; given the proto-form is *-ōh₂, no change is expected, but -H is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.

Thematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō bhérōH (that) I bear
2nd person singular (é)-ēsi bhérēsi (that) you bear
3rd person singular (é)-ēti bhérēti (that) he/she/it bear
1st person plural (é)-ōmos bhérōmos (that) we bear
2nd person plural (é)-ēte bhérēte (that) you (pl.) bear
3rd person plural (é)-ōnti bhérōnti (that) they bear


The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.

Athematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō Hédō''' (that) I eat
2nd person singular (é)-esi Hédesi (that) you eat
3rd person singular (é)-eti Hédeti (that) he/she/it eat
1st person plural (é)-omos Hédomos (that) we eat
2nd person plural (é)-ete Hédete (that) you (pl.) eat
3rd person plural (é)-onti Hédonti (that) they eat



5.4.2 Imperfect subjunctive

There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.


5.4.3 Aorist subjunctive

Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.

Aorist verb Model Example
1st person singular (ê)-sō bhêrsō (that) I bore

Hêdsō (that) I ate

2nd person singular (ê)-sesi bhêrsesi (that) you bore

Hêdsesi (that) you ate

3rd person singular (ê)-seti bhêrseti (that) he/she/it bore

Hêdseti (that) he/she/it ate

1st person plural (ê)-somos bhêrsomos (that) we bore

Hêdsomos (that) we ate

2nd person plural (ê)-sete bhêrsete (that) you (pl.) bore

Hêdsete (that) you (pl.) ate

3rd person plural (ê)-sonti bhêrsonti (that) they bore

Hêdsonti (that) they ate



5.4.4 Habitual subjunctive

In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.

Dynamic habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (∅)-ôH HdôH (that) I used to eat
2nd person singular (∅)-êsi Hdêsi (that) you used to eat
3rd person singular (∅)-êti Hdêti (that) he/she/it used to eat
1st person plural (∅)-ômos Hdômos (that) we used to eat
2nd person plural (∅)-ête Hdête (that) you used to eat
3rd person plural (∅)-ônti Hdônti (that) they used to eat



The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.

Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō wéjdō (that) I used to know
2nd person singular (é)-esi wéjdesi (that) you used to know
3rd person singular (é)-eti wéjdeti (that) he/she/it used to know
1st person plural (é)-omos wéjdomos (that) we used to know
2nd person plural (é)-ete wéjdete (that) you (pl.) used to know
3rd person plural (é)-onti wéjdonti (that) they used to know



5.4.5 Stative-type subjunctives

Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō wéjdō (that) I used to know
2nd person singular (é)-esi wéjdesi (that) you used to know
3rd person singular (é)-eti wéjdeti (that) he/she/it used to know
1st person plural (é)-omos wéjdomos (that) we used to know
2nd person plural (é)-ete wéjdete (that) you (pl.) used to know
3rd person plural (é)-onti wéjdonti (that) they used to know


5.4.6 Deponent subjunctives

As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.

Deponent subjunctive Nonpast Aorist Habitual
1st person singular athematic(é)-ōr

thematic(é)-ōHar

(ê)-sōr (∅)-ôHar
2nd person singular (é)-etHar

(é)-ētHar

(ê)-setHar (∅)-êtHar
3rd person singular (é)-etor

(é)-ētor

(ê)-setor (∅)-êtor
1st person plural (é)-omosdhH

(é)-ōmosdhH

(ê)-somosdhH (∅)-ômosdhH
2nd person plural (é)-edhHwe

(é)-ēdhHwe

(ê)-sedhHwe (∅)-êdhHwe
3rd person plural (é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor

(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor

(ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror (∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor



5.5 The irregular verb Héses

Héses "to be" is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem bhū-, from *bʰuH-. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is bhéwH-, filling in an -e- by analogy, treating bhū- as the zero-grade and bhéwH- as the full-grade form.


This is the complete conjugation of Héses.


Héses

"to be"

Indicative Subjunctive Imp.
Nonp. Impf. Aor. Hab. Nonp. Aor. Hab.
1st sg. Hésmi Hésm̥ bhéwHsm̥ Hsóm Hésō bhéwHsō bhūôH '''
2nd sg. Hési Hés bhéwHs Hsés Hésesi bhéwHesi bhūêsi Hsdhí
3rd sg. Hésti Hést bhéwHst Hsét Héseti bhéwHseti bhūêti Héstu
1st pl. Hsmós Hsmé bhûsme Hsóme Hésomos bhéwHsomos bhūômos
2nd pl. Hsté bhûste Hséte Hésete bhéwHsete bhūête Hsté
3rd pl. Hsénti Hsént bhûsn̥t Hsónt Hésonti bhéwHsonti bhūônti Hséntu
Prs. p. Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt
Pst. p. Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm
Pass. p. none
Purp. Hésos
Supine Hsént



6 Gender-neutral paradigm

In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.

The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.


Its pronominal form is as follows:


3rd singular neutral jás jám jás jâj jaj (

swós

/-â

/-ás

/-óm

)

3rd plural neutral jâs jáms jáōm jámos jásu (

swós

/-â

/-ás

/-óm

)


Adjectives, consequently, all decline with a.


-onts → -éntas -us → -was -wénts → -wéntas -os → -oas → -ōs -s → -as
Nominative sg. (∅)-éntas (é)-was (∅)-wéntas -o-as -ōs (é)-as
Genitive sg. (∅)-n̥tás (∅)-éwas (∅)-wn̥tás -o-as-jo -ōsjo (∅)-ás
Nominative pl. (∅)-éntajes (é)-ewajes (∅)-wéntajes -o-ajes -ōjes (é)-ajes
Genitive pl. (∅)-n̥tájōm (∅)-éwajōm (∅)-wn̥tájōm -o-ajōm -ōjōm (∅)-ájōm


An example of this is éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas "I know that they (sg.) are good".


7 Pro-forms

SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as wh-words. They are outlined in the table below.

interr.

"what?"

proximal

"this"

medial

"that"

distal

"yon"

assertive

"some"

elective

"any"

universal

"every"

negative

"no(ne)"

alternative

"other"

determiner qós?

qâ?

qod?

tod

Hénos

Hénā

Hénom

Hl̥nós

Hl̥nâ

Hl̥nóm

Hojwós

Hojwâ

Hojwóm

qísqe ~

ojnolós

qîqe ~

ojnolâ

qásqe ~

ojnolás

qídqe ~

ojnolóm

sl̥Hwós ~

-ôs

sl̥Hwâ ~

-âs

sl̥Hwás ~

-ájes

sl̥Hwóm ~

or

wikós

/ -â / -ás

/ -óm

neqós ~

neojnolós

neqâ ~

neojnolâ

neqás ~

neojnolás

neqód ~

neojnolóm

Háljos

Háljā

Háljas

Háljom

human qís?

qî?

qás?

ḱís

ḱī

ḱás

ḱênos

ḱênā

ḱênas

Hl̥nós

Hl̥nâ

Hl̥nás

Hójwos

Hójwā

Hójwas

object qíd? ḱíd ḱênod Hl̥nóm Hójwom
dual qíteros?

qíterā?

qíteras?

qíterom?

~ qó-
ḱíteros

etc.

⸻ → Hl̥nóteros

etc.

⸻ → qíterosqe

~ qó-

etc.

Hm̥bhô

Hm̥bhâH

Hm̥bhój[2]

neqíteros

~ qó-

etc.

Háljoteros

etc.

location kúr?

qór?

ḱér Hénâḱe ísḱe Hojwâḱe kúrqe

qórqe

wikómḱe nekúr

neqór

Háljāḱe
source qôdhe? tosjāsdhe Hénosjāsdhe Hl̥nâsdhe qôdheqe wikâsdhe neqôdhe Háljāsdhe
goal qómde? tâmde Hénāmde Hl̥nâmde qómdeqe wikómde neqómde Háljāmdhe
time qódō?

qomóḱs

tóqe ← ⸻ qódōqe wídō neqódō
amount

quantity

qótjos?

qîonts?

tótjos

tâonts

← ⸻ ← ⸻ qótjosqe

qîontsqe

number qóti? tóti ← ⸻ ← ⸻ qótiqe
manner

(instr.)

qéj? tónō ⸻ → Hl̥nô qéjqe
reason

(abl.)

qô? tósmōd ⸻ → Hl̥nôd qôqe


These forms will be explained below.


7.1 Determiner and pronoun

There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, qós? cannot be used independently, but must always be used as qós ǵhmô? "which person?".

Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as qís cémt? "who came?".

In addition, the dual forms qóteros?''' and qíteros? also display this distinction: qóteros ǵhmô cémt? "which of the two people came?" as opposed to qíteros cémt? "which (of the two) came?".


7.2 Interrogative and relative forms

As mentioned in 2.2, there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for qís cémt? "who came?" as in só ǵhmô qis cémt "the person who came". The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.


7.3 Proximal, medial, distal

There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the proximal indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the medial indicates something close to the listener, and the distal far from both.


7.4 Location, source, goal

There is a small difference between these forms. Since source and goal are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with Héses often: kúr Hésti ís? "where is he?", whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: qôdhe cémt ís? "where did he come from?", and qómde Hêjst ís? "where did he go to?".

However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: kúr cémt ís? and kúr Hêjst ís?, especially when the context is clear.



8 Numerals

There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.



8.1 "one"

The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is Hójnos, which is related to the indefinite article Hójwos, with a suppletive ordinal form pr̥Hwós.


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. Hójnos

Hójnā

Hójnōs

Hójnom

pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós

pr̥Hwâ

pr̥Hwôs

pr̥Hwóm

Genitive sg. Hójnosjo

Hójnās

Hójnôsjo

pr̥Hwósjo

pr̥Hwâs

pr̥Hwôsjo

Nominative pl. pr̥Hwôs

pr̥Hwâs

pr̥Hwôjes

pr̥Hwâ

Genitive pl. pr̥Hwôm

pr̥Hwâōm

pr̥Hwôjōm


There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.


8.2 "two"

The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is dwô, dwâH, dwój(H) in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either Hánteros, Hánterā, Hánterom (noting the contrastive ending), or séqonts, séqontī, séqont (from a participial form of the verb séqeti "to follow"). It also has the special prefix form dwi-.



8.3 "three"

Beginning with tréjes "three", the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in -s, with the oblique stem trí- or tr̥j-. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is tisr-, and also declines as a noun in -s. It also has the special prefix form tri-.


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. tritós

tritâ

tritôs

tritóm

Genitive sg. tritósjo

tritâs

tritôsjo

Nominative pl. tréjes

tísres

trôjes

trî

tritôs

tritâs

tritôjes

tritâ

Genitive pl. tr̥jôm

tisrôm

tr̥jôjōm

tritôm

tritâōm

tritôjōm



8.3 "four"

Similarly to "three", the number 4 has a feminine stem qétesr- (oblique qetesr-) and a stem for all other genders qetwór- (oblique qetur- and qetwr̥-).


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. qetwr̥tós

qetwr̥tâ

qetwr̥tôs

qetwr̥tóm

Genitive sg. qetwr̥tósjo

qetwr̥tâs

qetwr̥tôsjo

Nominative pl. qetwóres

qétesres

qetwórajes

qetwôr

qetwr̥tôs

qetwr̥tâs

qetwr̥tôsjo

qetwr̥tâ

Genitive pl. qeturôm

qetesrôm

qeturájōm

qetwr̥tôm

qetwr̥tâōm

qetwr̥tôjōm


8.4 5 to 10

These numbers do not decline for gender or case.


Cardinal Ordinal
5 pénqe penqetós / -â / -óm
6 swéḱs sweḱstós / -â / -óm
7 septḿ̥ septm̥mós / -â / -óm
8 (H)oḱtôw (H)oḱtowós / -â / -óm
9 Hnéwn̥ Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm
10 déḱm̥ deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm



8.5 11 to 19

These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number déḱm̥, followed by the augment particle , and a number between 1 and 9, such as déḱm̥ He Hójnos "eleven", to déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥ "nineteen". Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to déḱm̥ as below.

In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.


Cardinal Ordinal
11 déḱm̥ He Hójnom

Hojnodéḱm̥

deḱm̥tós / -â / -ôs / -óm

+

corresponding cardinal numbers

12 déḱm̥ He dwójH

dwidéḱm̥

13 déḱm̥ He trî

tridéḱm̥

14 déḱm̥ He qetwôr

qeturdéḱm̥

15 déḱm̥ He pénqe

penqedéḱm̥

16 déḱm̥ He swéḱs

sweḱsdéḱm̥

17 déḱm̥ He septḿ̥

septm̥déḱm̥

18 déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw

(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥

19 déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥

Hnewn̥déḱm̥



8.6 20 to 90

Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as déḱm̥ does.

Cardinal Ordinal
20 (d)wídḱm̥ti (d)widḱm̥tós
30 tridḱómt tridḱm̥tós
40 qétwr̥dḱómt qétwr̥dkm̥tós
50 penqedḱómt penqedḱm̥tós
60 sweḱsdḱómt sweḱsdḱm̥tós
70 septm̥dḱómt septm̥dkm̥tós
80 (H)oḱtódḱomt (H)oḱtodḱm̥tós
90 Hnéwn̥dḱomt Hnewn̥dkm̥tós


8.7 Prefix forms

There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.

Cardinal
1 sm̥-
2 dwi-
3 tri-
4 qetwr̥-
5 penqe-
6 sweḱs-
7 septm̥-
8 (H)oḱto-
9 Hnewn̥-
10, and multiples dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-


8.8 Larger numbers

The numbers 100 and 1,000 are ḱm̥tóm and (sm̥)ǵhéslom ~ tûsonts. ḱm̥tóm and (sm̥)ǵhéslom are invariable, whereas tûsonts declines as a regular -onts noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are ḱm̥tontós "hundredth" and (sm̥)ǵheslontós ~ tūsontós "thousandth".

A derivative of (sm̥)ǵhéslom, combined with the augmentative suffix, giving (sm̥)ǵhéslHonom (from *(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom) is used to mean "million" with the ordinal form (sm̥)ǵheslHontós; further derivation gives disǵhéslHonom (ordinal form disǵheslHontós), meaning "billion" and trisǵhéslHonom (ordinal form trisǵheslHontós) for "trillion". Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to deḱm̥ǵhéslHonom "decillion", and much greater numbers up to Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslHonom for "novemnonagintillion".

The connector He should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number 987,654,321 would be represented as Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt '''He''' septḿ̥ ǵhéslHonā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt '''He''' qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti '''He''' Hójnom.


8.9 Multiplicative forms

Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning "X times". Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word -pléḱs "-fold".

For example, 1-4 produce the forms sm̥pléḱs "single, onefold", dwipléḱs "double, twofold", tripléḱs "triple, threefold", and qetwr̥pléḱs "quadruple, fourfold".


8.10 Exceptional "times" forms

The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms dís and trís, meaning "twice" and "thrice" respectively.


8.11 Collective forms

A collective numeral is one which specifies "a group of X". The first form is dwôdwō, meaning "pair". The rest are formed by suffixing to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening -l- (as if from -lós) to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for . This gives tríō "trio, threesome", qetwŕ̥ō "quartet, foursome", qénqelō "quintet, fivesome", swéḱsō "sextet", septḿ̥ō "septet", (H)oḱtólō "octet", Hnéwnō "nonet", and déḱmō "dectet". Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as dwidéḱmō "dozen". The larger numbers give ḱm̥tolō "group of a hundred", (sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō "group of a thousand", and (sm̥)ǵhéslōnō "group of a million" with derivatives thereof.


8.12 Case agreement

The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: Hójnos wīrós "one man", tr̥jôm wīrôm "of three men", qetwr̥mós wīrómos "(for/to) four men". Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: éǵ wélō pénqe wīróms "I see five men".


9 Prepositions

Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the locative for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the accusative for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as Hén "in" can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in Hén dém "in a house" and Hén dôm "into a house".

Positional adverbs, such as déḱs "(on the) right", can also be used, requiring the genitive: déḱs tosjo déms "to/on the right of the house".

Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.


Preposition Meaning Preposition Meaning
bhêǵhs without Hpó from
from

of

thanks to

Hpós after
déḱs on/to the right ḱóm with (using, in the company of)
énu after

along

me
(H)éti beyond pér through, via, by means of
Hén in

into

péri about, regarding, because of
Héǵhs out (of)

out (from)

préti towards
Heǵhstós outside of préj in front of
Héǵhsteros besides, other than pró before, in front of

to(ward), up to

Hentér between r̥ / rô / rôdhi for
Hépi on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)

onto

sn̥(H)tér separate from

without

Hn̥dó into ~ swéd without
Hn̥dóm inside of, within tr̥Hás across, along, through
Hn̥dhér beneath, underneath úd upwards

above

+ Hád going up to

Hn̥dhí under

to the bottom of

upér(i) above, over
Hád at

to(wards)

upó under
Hánt(i) opposite away from

against

Hapó away from

away from

wír without
Háwti either / or
Hm̥bhí around, surrounding

about, regarding


10 Discourse

The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.


10.1 Questions and particles

Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per 3.1, questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: ís cémt "he came" becomes cémt is? "did he come?". When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: qís Hésti ís? "who is he?".

However, the word Hár ~ Hr̥, meaning "so" or "thus" in positive sentences, can be used to introduce a sentence: Hár qís Hésti ís? "so who is he?".

In addition, the phrase né Hésti…? "isn't it…?" can be used with the regular statement to form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in né Hésti, qid ís cémt? "isn't it [the case] that he came?"; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in ís cémt, né Hésti? "he came, isn't it?".

The simple responses to yes/no questions is nójnom, né tód, or Hóju qíd "no", and the positive is já ~ sejḱe ~ tód ~ dô. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, nójnom is a shortening of né (H)ójnom, from Latin nōn, whereas Hóju qíd is the form of Greek οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ) and Armenian ոչ; meanwhile, is ubiquitous in Germanic, séjḱe also from Latin sīc, (né) tód as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh do ~ naddo, or as in Slavic да.

In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were cémt ís? "did he come?", a positive response would be cémt "he came (yes)", and a negative response would be né(ghe) cémt "he didn't come (no)". Note that the negative particle here can either be or néghe; the -ghe suffix intensifies the previous particle.


10.2 Subordinate clauses

These can be introduced in one of two ways.

The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word qid, such as in éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt "I know that he came".

Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt… "the man, whose wife came…", literally "the man, of whom [the] wife came…".


10.3 Hypothetical sentences

Hypothetical sentences are introduced by sô ~ séj "if", which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning "with this" or "in this". This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin . can be used as in Celtic, jéj as in Baltic, or qéj as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.

The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle tómḱe "then, in that case", or tóqe "then".


10.3.1 Conditionals

The verb skéles "to owe" should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím "If he came, I would have wanted to see him". When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative (é)-os form, and the second is in the genitive (é)-esos form: séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím "If he comes, I would want to see him". Literally this means something like "...that I owe wanting of seeing".


10.4 Negation of nominals

Nominals must be negated by the particle néghe "not"; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as néghe méǵHs "not great", or néghe wīrós "not a man". Determiners can also precede the nominal: néghe só wīrós "not the/this man".


10.5 Either/or

"Either" and "or" are both expressed by the word Háwti: Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne "either come with me, or stay".


10.6 Prohibition

In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle "do not…!" (from *meh₁ as seen in Greek μή) is used to express prohibition: Hidhí! "go!" becomes mê Hidhí! "do not go!"


10.7 Conjunctions

10.7.1 Addition

Following the presence of A and B constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the and construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European *-kʷe suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are (the augment *h₁é), ḱḿ̥ti (modelled on the Greek καί), Héti (modelled on the Latin et), Hánti (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic *andi), Héj (modelled on Proto-Slavic *i), or Hṓd (modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic , based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form *h₁ōd).

"Also" can be expressed with qōdqe, a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of qís, meaning approximately "and from which", or Háwghe (modelled on Proto-Germanic *auk).


10.7.2 Consequence

Consequence in the form of "then" or "so" is expressed with tôd, yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised só ~ sâ ~ tód, such as éǵ cêm, tôd ís léjqt "I came, then he left".


10.7.3 Purpose, intent

An intended consequence, expressing "so that" or "in order to", is expressed with a similar form to the above, téj, a thematicised dative meaning "to this", and a subordinate clause introduced by qid with the verb in the subjunctive, such as éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd "I bought this so you could eat it".


10.7.4 Alternatives

The basic words "or" and "nor" are expressed by íwe ~ íwē or éjwe ~ éjwē (based on *i- and *ey- as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity (éǵ íwe tû "I or you") and néwe in the negative (néghe éǵ néwe tû "not I nor you, not me and not you").

-we ~ -wē can also be suffixed to any words meaning "if" to produce "but if" or "if, on the other hand": séjwe né cémti ís, qíd tôd? "but if he doesn't come, what then?".


10.7.5 Exceptions

The word "but" can be expressed either as íde ~ éjde (using the Proto-Indo-European *de contrastive particle) or Heǵhstós (modelled on the Greek εχτός and Proto-Celtic *extos) at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic de otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending de is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.

So, in só Háljos/tóm Háljom de, né wêlsm̥ éǵ ím "the other one, however, I didn't see it", note the presence of both Háljos and Háljom, both of which are treated slightly differently. In the nominative, the phrase ending de is treated more as a topic and the antecedent as a comment; in the accusative, it is treated as a disjunct object rather than a topic, and matches its expected function in the antecedent.



10.8 Politeness and formality

Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.


10.8.1 T-V distinction

Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as rather than , and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal tû Hési méǵHs “you are tall” into jû Hsté méǵHas.



10.8.2 Third person verb constructions

Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.


10.8.2.1 Praising the listener

This follows the pattern of the Spanish usted, which is derived from vuestra merced “your mercy”. As the etymology of merced is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from cérHtis “praise, grace”, whose root cérH- gives the Latin grātia.

This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective tós (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or usós (if using T-V), giving tâ cérHtis or usâ cérHtis. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.


10.8.2.2 Invariant third-person plural

The pronoun î, along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.


10.8.2.3 Alternative pronominal forms

The pronoun ḱénos / -ā / -as, declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism (H)irós / -â / -ás, an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns ís / î / jás can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving (H)irôs / -âs / -ájes for multiple referents.


10.8.3 Titles and forms of address

People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title Mister and its cognates can be given as méǵHisteros / -ā / -as, while common Romance terms señor, signore, monsieur are given as sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas.

Due to a close proximity to the meanings of their individual stems, the former should be reserved for distinguished persons with some form of appointed title, and the latter for older people. A much more neutral but familiar term would be soqHjós / -â / -ás, cognate with Latin socius. A less familiar form would be Hwésus / Huséwī / Huséwy.

Each of these titles is abbreviated, respectively, m., s., so., and u.



11 Further rules and conventions of writing

11.1 Writing system

The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In Appendix D there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.


11.2 Case

SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.

This being said, this might be a difficult habit to break for some users. The practice should be avoided as per the standards of this document, but should not be seen as incorrect otherwise.


11.3 Clause- and sentence-final punctuation

In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.


11.4 Quotation

For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.

For inline quotation, a double guillemet ⟨« »⟩ should wrapped around a quotation, and a nested quotation within that should be marked with a single guillemet ⟨‹ ›⟩.

This usage can be mirrored with quotation marks, directional or otherwise. Double quotation marks ⟨" "⟩ ⟨“ ”⟩ enclose the main quotation, with single marks ⟨' '⟩ ⟨‘ ’⟩ enclosing a nested quotation.

In addition, lowered quotation marks can be used as in German and Slavic languages, either both low ⟨„ „⟩, or high and low ⟨„ ”⟩, with single marks ⟨‚ ‚⟩ and ⟨‚ ’⟩ for nested quotes. It is strongly preferred that the direction of punctuation marks conform to the above examples, but inverting one or both (such as ⟨» «⟩ or ⟨„ “⟩) should not be considered incorrect.



11.5 Larger breaks

Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.

Paragraphs are broken by a single newline character, with new paragraphs optionally beginning with a tab stop. Collections of paragraphs can be broken up into logical groups by beginning the paragraph of a new logical group with the section symbol § followed by a tab stop. Groups of sections can be divided by placing an asterism symbol on its own line, and beginning a new paragraph on a new line afterwards as expected. The asterism can optionally be padded with an extra empty line on either side of it.


12 Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE

Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.

The strategies for borrowing words into SAvIE is that they must preferably be nativised, using known etymologies to convert words into SAvIE as though they had originated their to begin with. Where this cannot be done, or where it would not be appropriate to do so, words can be borrowed in directly, using SAvIE phonology where possible, and several additions to the alphabet where not possible.


12.1 Sounds foreign to SAvIE

All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.


Sound Graph
/f/ ⟨f⟩
/ɣ/ ⟨ǥ⟩
/h/ ⟨ħ⟩
/x/ ⟨x⟩
/ʃ/, /tʃ/ ⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩
/ʒ/, /dʒ/ ⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩
/v/ ⟨v⟩
/z/ ⟨z⟩


Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].

In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:


Sound Graph
/æ/ ⟨ä⟩

⟨ā̈⟩ when long

⟨a̋⟩ when stressed

⟨ä̂⟩ when stressed and long

/ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native ⟨ë⟩
/ɨ ~ ɯ/ ⟨ï⟩
/ø ~ œ/ and similar ⟨ö⟩
/y ~ ʏ/ and similar ⟨ü⟩
Any nasal vowel ⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.


Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.

Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.


So, for example, the French word bureau could be borrowed in as any of the following:


  • bűro, büró: indeclinable, with foreign phonology

  • bűrō, bürô: declinable as a masculine noun, with foreign phonology

  • bjúro, bjuró: indeclinable, with native phonology

  • bjúrō, bjurô: declinable as a masculine noun, with native phonology


in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation bureau.


Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.

In addition, the grammatical pattern that this word has been made to fit is purely representative. It could just as easily be bűros ~ bűrosjo, bűrom ~ bűrosjo, or even bűros ~ bűresos. Ideally, the chosen form should represent the original word and, if applicable, its declension pattern as best as possible.


12.2 Borrowed morphology

Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.


Original suffix Cognates Form in SAvIE
A.Gr. -άζω ( ́)-adjeti v.
A.Gr. -(ο)-ειδής Eng. -oid (e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos adj.
A.Gr. -ίζω Eng. -ize / -ise ( ́)-idjeti v.
A.Gr -ισμός Eng. -ism (∅)-ismós n.m
A.Gr. -ιστής Eng. -ist (é)-idtās n.m/n.f
A.Gr. -λογία Eng. -logy =lògiā (close compound) n.f

lógiā (loose compound) n.f

A.Gr. -λόγος Eng. -logue =logòs (close) n.m

logós (loose) n.m

A.Gr. -(η)τής Eng. -ete -tās ~ -tās (< -tāos) n.m/n.f
A.Gr -φιλία Eng. -philia =bhìliā (close) n.f

bhíliā (loose) n.f

A.Gr -φιλος Eng. -phile =bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) n.

bhílos / -ā / -om (loose) n.

Eng. -arian Lat. -ārius / -a / -um (∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm n.
Eng. -ics Gr. -ικά

Gr. -ική

(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ n.n

(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ n.f

Eng. -istics → Ger. -istik (é)-idtikā n.n / n.f
Eng. -ization Sp. -ización (é)-idātīō n.f
Lat. -ālis / -āle Eng. -al ( ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs adj.m/f[3]

( ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs adj.n

Lat. -āticus / -a / -um Eng. -atic (∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm adj.
Lat. -ātiō Eng. -ation (é)-ātīō n.f
Lat. -ātus / -a / -um Eng. -ate (∅)-ātós adj.
Lat. -idus / -a / -um Eng. -id (é)-idhos / -ā / -om adj.
Lat. -īlis / -īle Eng. -ile ( ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs adj.m/f

( ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs adj.n

Lat. -osus via A.Gr -ώδης Eng. -ose, -ous (é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)

Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)



A Verb template

single transitivity:

nonpast thematic: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti nonpast athematic: (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti

né-nonpast: (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti

imperfect thematic: (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt imperfect athematic: (é)-t ~ (∅)-ént

né-imperfect (∅)-⟨né⟩-t ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti

NP-T subjunctive: (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti NP-A subjunctive: (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti

past subjunctive regardless of thematicity: (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti

transitive:

nonpast: (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti

Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos

imperfect: (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont

Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

intransitive:

nonpast: (∅)-j-é-ti ~ (∅)-j-ó-nti bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti

Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos

imperfect: (∅)-j-é-t ~ (∅)-j-ó-nt bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt

Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

shared:

eventive aorist: (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t

bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

stative aorist: (ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr Hwóse ~ Husêr

bhówHe HusómHnos

stative subjunctive: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti

bhéwHeti HusómHnos

habitual: (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt

bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos

habitual subjunctive: (∅)-ê-ti ~ (∅)-ô-nti bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti

bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos

non-finite forms:

present participle: (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés

passive participle: (∅)-ó-mHnos bhr̥gómHnos

past participle: (∅)-tós bhr̥gtós

infinitive: (é)-es bhréges

compound tenses:

perfect: kápti + PastP kápmi bhr̥gtóm

kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos

pluperfect: kâpst + PastP kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm

kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos

future tense: Héjti + PresP locative Héjmi bhr̥gént

Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos

continuous: Héses + PresP Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ etc. bhrégontom

Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos

Law 1: *Vwm > *Vːm and *VHm > *Vːm (Stang's law)

Law 2: /-VRs/, */-VRH/ > *-VːR

/-VRH-/ > *-VR- (Szemerényi's law)



B Sample vocabulary

The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.


B.1 Verbs

verb infinitive 3sg nonpast 3sg imp. 3sg aorist

be able gélHes gl̥Hnéwti gl̥Hnéwt gélHt

bake bhôges bhôgeti bhôget bhôHgst

be Héses Hésti Hést bhéwst

begin kénes kéneti kénet kênst

breathe out dhwéses dhwésti dhwést dhwêst

burn Héwses Héwseti Héwset Hêwst

change (intr.) miés méjor méjto mêjsto

change (tr.) mójnēs mojnéjeti mojnéjet mêjnst

come cémes cm̥jéti cm̥jét cémt

cook péqes péqeti péqet pêqst

defecate ḱéqes ḱéqti ḱéqt ḱêqst

do dhês dhêti dhêt dhêHst

drink píbes píbeti píbet pôHst

be dressed wésjes usjéti usjét wêst

eat Hédes Hédti Hédt Hêdst

exchange méjtHes méjtHeti méjtHet mêjtHst

go Héjes Héjti Héjt Hêjst

grow Háles Háleti Hálet Hêlst

have kápes kápti kápt kâpst

hear HáwdhHes HáwdhHeti HáwdhHet HêwdhHst

be hungry

know wéjdes wéjdeti wéjdet wêjdst

like bhréwgjes bhrûgjeti bhrûgjet bhréwgst

make dhêkes dhHkjéti dhHkjét dhêkst

wérǵes wérǵeti wérǵet wêrǵst

recognize[4] ǵnôs ǵn̥nôti ǵn̥nôt ǵnôt

run kérses kr̥séti kr̥sét kêrst (← *kḗrs-s-t)

say séqes séqeti séqet sêqst

see wéles wéleti wélet wêlst

share dhajlés dhájletor dhájleto dhâjlsto

shout gâres gâreti gâret gêHrst

show déjḱes déjḱti déjḱt dêjḱst

sing kânes kHnéti kHnét kânst

speak wéqes wéqti wéqt wêqst

stay ménes méneti ménet mênst

take némes németi német nêmst

talk tl̥qés tlóqetor tlóqeto têlqsto

taste ǵéwses ǵéwseti ǵéwset ǵêwst (← *ǵēws-s-t)

think ténges tn̥gjéti tn̥gjét têngst

try sknés skénetor skéneto skênsto

turn wértes wértti wért wêrtst

use bhrūgjés bhrūgjétor bhrūgjéto bhréwgsto

utter jékes jékti jékt jêkst

walk câs cHjéti cHjét câst

want wélHes wélHeti wélHet wêlHst

wash (oneself) léwHjes lūjéti lūjét lêwHst

watch spéḱes spéḱti spéḱt spêḱst

wear usés wés(t)or wésto wêsto (← wḗs-s-to)

write gérbhes gr̥bhéti gr̥bhét gêrbhst

be working wérǵjes wr̥ǵjéti wr̥ǵjét ⸻


B.2 Nouns

noun nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.

baker '''m. bhōgós bhōgósjo bhōgôs bhōgôm

book '''m. gérbhs gr̥bhés gérbhes gr̥bhôm

m. lubhrós lubhrósjo lubhrôs lubhrôm

bread '''m.''' bhôgos bhôgosjo bhôgōs bhôgōm

dhonâ dhonâs dhonâs dhonâōm

brother '''m.''' bhrâtēr bhrâtr̥s bhrâteres bhrâtrōm

m. 〃 bhr̥Htrés 〃 bhr̥Htrôm

coin '''f.''' mónētā mónētās mónētās mónētāōm

m. nómos nómosjo nómōs nómōm

earth '''f.''' dhéǵhōm (dh)ǵhmés ⸻ ⸻

father '''m. pHtêr pHtrés pHtéres pHtrôm

fish '''m. péjsks piskés péjskes piskôm

friend '''m. dhrowghós dhrowghósjo dhrowghôs dhrowghôm

friend, close '''m. bhílos bhílosjo bhílôs bhílōm

grain '''n. ǵr̥Hnóm ǵr̥Hnósjo ǵr̥Hnâ ǵr̥nôm

house '''f. dôm déms dómes démōm

money '''m. pḱunós pḱunósjo pḱunôs pḱunôm

mother '''f. mâtēr mâtr̥s mâteres mâtrōm

f. 〃 m̥Htrés 〃 m̥Htrôm

nose '''f. nâs n̥Hsés nâses n̥Hsôm

person '''m.''' ǵhmô ǵhm̥nés ǵhmónes ǵhm̥nôm

salt''' f.''' sâls sHlés sâles sHlôm

sister '''f. swésōr susrés swésores susrôm

story (account) '''n.''' wéjdtōrmn̥ widtōrméns wéjdtōrmō widtōrm̥nés

story (tale) '''n.''' câdhlom câdhlosjo câdhlā câdhlōm


B.3 Adjectives

adjective nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.

dark dhuskós dhuskósjo dhuskôs dhuskôm

red Hrowdhós Hrowdhósjo Hrowdhôs Hrowdhôm

Hrudhrós Hrudhrósjo Hrudhrôs Hrudhrôm

tall (of people) stHrós stHrósjo stHrôs stHrôm

thin mHḱrós mHḱrósjo mHḱrôs mHḱrôm


C Common phrases

D Full alphabet and alternative scripts

Latin Greek Cyrillic Armenian Devanagari L G C A D
/a/ a α а ա /kʲ/ κ́ кь, ќ ծ
/aː/ ā ­ᾱ а̄ ա̄ /gʲ/ ǵ γ́ гь, ѓ ձ
/e/ e ε е ե /gʲʰ/ ǵh χ́ кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ ց छ, झ
/eː/ ē η е̄ է /kʷ/ q κϝ ӄ ճ क्व
/i/ i ι и ի /gʷ/ c γϝ ҕ ջ ग्व
/iː/ ī ӣ ի̄ /gʷʰ/ ch χϝ ҟ չ ख्व, घ्व
/o/ o ο о օ /l/ l λ л լ
/oː/ ō ω о̄, ѡ ո /l̩/ λ̱ лъ լ̄ ऌ, ॡ
/u/ u ου у ու /m/ m μ м մ
/uː/ ū οῡ ӯ ու̄ /m̩/ μ̄ мъ մ̱ मं
/ə/ ǝ, y ə, υ ә, ы ը /n/ n ν н ն
/p/ p π п պ /n̩/ ν̄ нъ ն̱ नं
/b/ b β б բ /r/ r ρ р ռ
/bʰ/ bh φ пһ, бһ փ फ, भ /r̩/ ρ̄ ръ յ̄ ऋ, ॠ
/k/ k κ к կ /j/ j ϳ ј, й յ
/g/ g γ г գ /s/ s σς с ս
/gʰ/ gh χ кһ, гһ ք ख, घ /w/ w ϝ̄ ԝ, ў վ
/t/ t τ т տ /H/ H ͱ հ
/d/ d δ д դ
/dʰ/ dh θ тһ, дһ, ԁ թ थ, ध



  1. ^ -ī is seen in Italic and Celtic
  2. ^ These forms are indeclinable.
  3. ^ Declines as -is nouns do
  4. ^ also "to know how to do something"